KV PHARMACEUTICAL CO /DE/
10-K, 1997-06-30
PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS
Previous: KIRBY CORP, NT 11-K, 1997-06-30
Next: DIANA CORP, NT 10-K, 1997-06-30




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                                    FORM 10-K
Mark One
[X]      ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]
                   For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997 OR
[  ]     TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]
                        For the Transition period from to

                          Commission file number 1-9601

                           K-V PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY
                             2503 SOUTH HANLEY ROAD
                            ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI 63144
                                 (314) 645-6600

Incorporated in Delaware           I.R.S. Employer Identification No. 43-0618919

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Class A Common Stock par value $.01 per share         American Stock Exchange
Class B Common Stock par value $.01 per share         American Stock Exchange

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act:
          7% Cumulative Convertible Preferred, par value $.01 per share

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter  period that the registrant
was  required  to file such  reports)  and (2) has been  subject to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,
to the best of  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

         The  aggregate  market  value of the  5,554,663  shares  of Class A and
2,164,366 shares of Class B Common Stock held by nonaffiliates of the Registrant
as of June 6, 1997 was $90,957,607 and $36,253,131  respectively.  As of June 6,
1997, the Registrant had outstanding  7,709,147 and 4,338,950  shares of Class A
and Class B Common Stock, respectively, exclusive of treasury shares.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

         The following document is incorporated into this Report by reference:

         Part III:  Portions of the definitive proxy statement of the Registrant
(to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14(A) for  Registrant's  1997 Annual Meeting
of Shareholders,  which involves the election of directors), are incorporated by
reference into Items 10, 11, 12 and 13 to the extent stated in such items.

<PAGE>
         Any forward-looking statements set forth in this Report are necessarily
subject to significant  uncertainties and risks.  When used in this Report,  the
words "believes,"  "anticipates,"  "intends," "expects," and similar expressions
are intended to identify  forward-looking  statements.  Actual  results could be
materially different as a result of various possibilities. Readers are cautioned
not to place undue reliance on forward-looking  statements,  which speak only as
of the date hereof. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly release the
results of any revisions to these  forward-looking  statements which may be made
to reflect  events or  circumstances  after the date  hereof or to  reflect  the
occurrence of unanticipated events.


Item 1. Description of Business.

         (a) General Development of Business.

         K-V  Pharmaceutical  Company ("KV") was incorporated  under the laws of
Delaware in 1971 as a successor to a business originally founded in 1942. Victor
M.  Hermelin,  KV's  Chairman and founder,  obtained  initial  patents for early
controlled release and enteric coated technologies in the early 1950's.

         KV is a pioneer  in the area of  advanced  drug  delivery  technologies
which  enhance  the   effectiveness   of  new   therapeutic   agents,   existing
pharmaceutical products and nutritional supplements. The Company has developed a
diverse portfolio of ten technologies,  including three oral controlled  release
technologies,  four  site-specific oral and topical delivery  technologies,  and
three tastemasking technologies.  These systems, which are used in the Company's
products and the products of its  marketing  licensees,  are designed to improve
and  control  the  absorption  and  utilization  by the  human  body  of  active
pharmaceutical  compounds,  allowing  the  compounds  to  be  administered  less
frequently with potentially reduced side effects,  improved drug efficacy and/or
enhanced patient compliance.  Additionally,  the Company continually applies its
scientific  expertise  and  development  experience  to refine and  enhance  its
existing drug delivery  systems and formulation  technologies  and to create new
technologies that may be used in its drug development programs.

         KV licenses the marketing rights for products developed with these drug
delivery   technologies   to  major  domestic  and   international   brand  name
pharmaceutical  marketers  in  return  for  license  fees,  milestone  payments,
research reimbursement and manufacturing and royalty revenues.

         In  February,  1990,  KV  established  a generic  marketing  capability
through a wholly-owned subsidiary,  ETHEX Corporation ("ETHEX"),  which makes KV
one of the only drug  delivery  research  and  development  companies  that also
markets "technology distinguished" generic products.

         KV's other wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Particle Dynamics,  Inc. ("PDI"),
formerly known as Desmo Chemical  Corporation,  was  incorporated in New York in
1948 and acquired by KV in 1972.  Through PDI, the Company  develops and markets
specialty   pharmaceutical   compounds,   including  directly  compressible  and
microencapsulated ingredients used in pharmaceutical processing, and tastemasked
vitamins and minerals for the pharmaceutical, nutritional and food industries.

         (Hereinafter,  KV, ETHEX and PDI are sometimes referred to collectively
as "KV" or the "Company.")

                                       2
<PAGE>
         (b) Industry Segments

         The Company operates principally in one industry segment, consisting of
pharmaceutical development,  manufacturing and marketing.  Revenues are received
from  customers for the  development,  manufacture  and sale of drug products to
pharmaceutical   marketers  and  from  directly  marketing  its  own  technology
distinguished  generic  products.  Revenues  may  be  received  in the  form  of
licensing  revenues and/or royalty payments to KV based upon a percentage of the
licensee's  sales of the product,  in addition to manufacturing  revenues,  when
marketing  rights to products using KV's advance drug delivery  technologies are
licensed.

         (c) Narrative Description of Business

         The  Company is engaged in the  formulation  and  commercialization  of
brand name  prescription,  generic  prescription  and  over-the-counter  ("OTC")
products utilizing the Company's proprietary drug delivery technologies.

         The Company develops  generic drugs using its proprietary  technologies
that it markets and  distributes  through  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  ETHEX
Corporation.  ETHEX currently sells 40 products,  20 of which were launched over
the past two fiscal years and many of which utilize KV's drug delivery  systems.
Approximately  10 additional  products are expected to be launched during fiscal
1998. ETHEX Corporation  distributes and markets these technology  distinguished
generic  products  directly to various  markets and classes of trade  customers,
including  wholesalers,  chains,  distributors,  mail order houses,  independent
pharmacies, large HMOs and PPOs. ETHEX has achieved a 100% penetration in the 25
largest  wholesalers  and chains.  Development  of generic  versions of existing
brand  name  products  is  typically  less  costly and time  consuming  than the
development  of new drug  products,  because  generic  drugs  typically  contain
pharmaceutical  compounds  previously  approved by the FDA and generally qualify
for the use of an abbreviated testing and approval process.

         The Company also enters into  development  and  licensing  arrangements
with companies that (i) hold patent or marketing  exclusivity rights to existing
pharmaceutical   products  that  may  benefit  from  the   application  of  KV's
proprietary  drug delivery  technologies,  (ii) are developing  new  therapeutic
agents that require delivery systems or formulation  capabilities  such as those
offered by the Company,  and/or (iii) can market and sell the products developed
by  the  Company.   To  date,  KV  has  entered  into  agreements  with  various
pharmaceutical  marketers,  including  Roche  Holding Ltd.,  Sandoz  (Novartis),
Janssen Pharmaceutical (Johnson & Johnson) and Taisho Ltd. of Japan. Under these
agreements,  KV generally  develops a product  which  utilizes its drug delivery
system in return for license fees,  milestone payments,  research  reimbursement
and  manufacturing  and royalty  revenues.  The Company's  licensee is generally
responsible for clinical trials,  regulatory approvals and marketing activities.
In certain cases, the Company may develop a product, conduct clinical trials and
seek regulatory approval before entering into a licensing arrangement.

         Particle   Dynamics,   Inc.   has   developed   and   markets   to  the
pharmaceutical, nutritional and food industries four distinct lines of specialty
raw material products. DESCOTE(R) is a family of tastemasked vitamin and mineral
products particularly applicable to chewable children's vitamins.  DESTAB(TM) is
a  family  of  direct   compression   products   which   enable   pharmaceutical
manufacturers  to  produce  tablets  and  caplets  in a more  efficient  manner.
DESTRIT(TM) is a family of low dose vitamin products for direct compression into
vitamin tablets and VITACOTE(TM) is a line of stabilized vitamins for use in the
pharmaceutical and food industries.

                                       3
<PAGE>
         During the mid-1990's,  the Company  implemented an integrated business
strategy to commercialize  its drug delivery  technologies in a variety of ways,
principally through the development and marketing of both brand name and generic
pharmaceutical  products.  During fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995,  revenues from the
implementation  of  these  strategies  were  approximately  91%,  90%  and  84%,
respectively, of the Company's total net revenues.

         The  Company's  strategy  is to  maintain  its  position  as a  leading
developer of innovative drug delivery  systems and to apply its  technologies to
the  formulation  and  commercialization  of brand  name and  generic  drugs and
specialty raw materials. This strategy is comprised of four main components:

         The Development and Marketing of Technologically  Distinguished Generic
Drugs.  The Company applied and continues to apply its drug delivery systems and
formulation  capabilities  to develop and market  technologically  distinguished
generic drugs. The Company does so by (i) identifying and replicating brand name
drugs that are either off patent or are approaching  patent expiration and which
require or can utilize  advanced  drug  delivery  systems,  or (ii) applying the
Company's  tastemasking   formulations  to  an  off  patent  drug  in  order  to
meaningfully increase patient compliance and the drug's commercial appeal.

         The Development of Brand Name Pharmaceuticals.  The Company applies its
proprietary  drug delivery  technologies  in the  formulation and development of
brand name prescription and OTC  pharmaceutical  products.  The Company plans to
continue  to enter  into  long term  licensing  agreements  with  pharmaceutical
marketing  companies under which the Company develops products which utilize its
drug delivery systems in return for license fees,  milestone payments,  research
reimbursement and manufacturing and royalty revenues on sales of the products.

         Selective Acquisitions and In-Licensing  Opportunities.  The Company is
actively seeking  opportunities to acquire additional products,  product rights,
technologies,  and distribution  channels that complement the Company's business
and which can be integrated into the Company's existing research, manufacturing,
marketing and distribution capabilities.

         Development and Marketing of Technologically  Differentiated  Specialty
Raw  Materials.   The  Company  combines  its  advanced  technologies  with  the
utilization  of its  expertise in micro  encapsulation  and particle  coating to
strategically  develop new products that improve taste,  tableting  efficiencies
and stability while reducing manufacturing costs and increasing product quality.

DRUG DELIVERY TECHNOLOGIES

         KV's proprietary drug delivery and formulation technologies enhance the
effectiveness of new therapeutic agents,  existing  pharmaceutical  products and
nutritional  supplements,  such as vitamins and minerals.  During the 1990's, KV
has continued to develop and introduce important new generations of technologies
which represent significant  advancements in the field of drug delivery systems.
These drug delivery systems are generally  organized in the areas of "controlled
release",  "tastemasking"  and  "site  specific"  technologies.  Many  of  these
technologies have been used successfully for the  commercialization  of products
currently  being  marketed  by the  Company  and  its  pharmaceutical  marketing
licensees.  The  following  describes  the  Company's  principal  drug  delivery
technologies.

                                       4

<PAGE>
Controlled Release Technologies

         The Company has developed a number of controlled  release drug delivery
systems and  formulation  techniques  that tailor the drug  release  profiles of
certain orally administered  pharmaceuticals and nutritional supplements.  These
systems,  which  provide  for a  single  oral  dose  that  releases  the  active
ingredient  over periods  ranging  from 12 to 24 hours,  are designed to improve
patient  compliance,  improve  drug  effectiveness  and  reduce  potential  side
effects.  These technologies have been used to formulate  tablets,  capsules and
caplets that deliver single  therapeutic  compounds,  as well as multiple active
compounds,  each requiring  different  release  patterns  within a single dosage
form.

         KV/24(R) is a precisely  controlled  drug  delivery  system that can be
taken orally once every 24 hours, affording the patient a reduced dosing regimen
and dramatically  reducing  commonly  reported side effects.  KV/24(R) is also a
multi-particulate  technology that can combine several different drug compounds,
each requiring its own unique release profile, in a single dosage form. KV/24(R)
systems  have  been  developed  in  capsule  and  tablet  form for a  number  of
prescription and OTC products.

         METER RELEASE(R) is a twice a day dosing,  polymer-based  drug delivery
system which offers different release  characteristics than KV/24(R) and is used
for products  that  require a drug  release rate of between  eight and 12 hours.
METER RELEASE(R) systems have been developed in tablet,  capsule and caplet form
and have been commercialized in the cardiovascular,  gastrointestinal  and upper
respiratory  categories through products marketed by ETHEX Corporation and under
licensing agreements in various therapeutic categories.

         MICRO  RELEASE(R)  is  a  micro-particulate  formulation  that  employs
smaller  particles  than  KV/24(R)  and  METER   RELEASE(R).   MICRO  RELEASE(R)
encapsulates  therapeutic  agents which improve a drug's  absorption in the body
where precise  release  profiles are less important.  MICRO  RELEASE(R) has been
commercialized in prescription and OTC nutritional  products,  including various
prescription prenatal vitamins marketed through ETHEX Corporation.

Site Specific Technologies

         KV's site specific technologies use advanced polyphasic principles that
result in a complex  emulsion  which adheres to the desired  tissue and controls
the release of the drug.  The Company  has  developed a number of site  specific
systems and formulations that it tailors to the desired route of administration.
To date,  the  Company  has applied  its site  specific  technologies  in cream,
lotion,  lozenge and suppository form to deliver  therapeutic agents to vaginal,
rectal, oral, skin, pharyngeal and esophageal tissues.

         SITE RELEASE(R) is a patented,  controlled release bioadhesive delivery
system  which   incorporates   advanced   polyphasic   principles  to  create  a
bio-emulsion  system capable of delivering  therapeutic  agents in oral, topical
and vaginal  forms.  To the  Company's  knowledge,  SITE  RELEASE(R) is the only
bioadhesive delivery system that is clinically proven.

         SITE RELEASE(R) is the subject of licensing and development  agreements
with such companies as Roche Holding Ltd., Taisho Ltd. of Japan, J. Uriach & Cia
of Spain and  others,  to develop  products  for the  treatment  of topical  and
vaginal fungal infections.

                                       5
<PAGE>
         OraSite(R)  is  a  controlled  released  mucoadhesive  delivery  system
administered  orally  in a solid or  liquid  form.  A drug  formulated  with the
OraSite(R) technology may be formulated as a liquid or as a lozenge in which the
dosage form liquefies  upon insertion and adheres to the mucosal  surface of the
mouth, throat and esophagus.  OraSite(R) possesses characteristics  particularly
advantageous  to  therapeutic  areas  such  as oral  hygiene,  sore  throat  and
periodontal and upper gastrointestinal tract disorders.

         Trans-E(TM)  (for  transesophageal)  is a new and  novel  bio-adhesive,
controlled  release  delivery system which may permit oral delivery of compounds
that normally would be degraded if administered  orally, such as growth hormone,
calcitonin and other  protein/peptides and other complex compounds.  Trans-E(TM)
was  specifically   designed  to  provide  an  oral  delivery   alternative  for
biotechnology and other compounds that currently are injected or infused.

         BioSert(R) is a patented, bio-adhesive, controlled release system which
at room temperature is a solid rectal or vaginal suppository and after insertion
becomes a bioadhesive long acting cream.  BioSert(R) has particular applications
to   therapeutic   areas   such  as   antifungals,   narcotic   analgesics   and
anti-arthritics.

Tastemasking Technologies

         KV has  been at the  forefront  in the  development  of  pharmaceutical
formulations  capable of improving the flavor of unpleasant  tasting drugs.  The
Company has  developed  numerous  platforms for its  tastemasking  technologies,
including liquid, chewable and dry powder formulations.

         FlavorTech(R) is a liquid formulation technology designed to reduce bad
tasting   therapeutic   products.   FlavorTech(R)  has  been  commercialized  in
cough/cold  syrup products  marketed  through ETHEX  Corporation and has special
application  to other  products,  such as  antibiotic,  geriatric  and pediatric
pharmaceuticals.  FlavorTech(R) has also been commercialized through a licensing
agreement with Sandoz (Novartis) for a liquid cough cold product.

         TASTELESSE(R)  is a tastemasking  technology  which  incorporates a dry
powder,   microparticulate   approach  to  reducing   objectionable   tastes  by
sequestering   the  unpleasant   drug  agent  in  a  specialized   matrix.   The
TASTELESSE(R) technology can be formulated into chewable tablets or into packets
that can be sprinkled on food,  taken  directly into the mouth,  or stirred into
water or other liquid  before  swallowing.  This  formulation  technique has the
effect of "shielding" the drug from the taste receptors without interfering with
the dissolution and ultimate absorption of the agent within the gastrointestinal
tract.  TASTELESSE(R)  may be used in connection with such products as macrolide
antibiotics, amino acids, vitamins and other unpleasant tasting drug compounds.

         LIQUETTE(R)  is a  tastemasking  system which  incorporates  unpleasant
tasting drugs into a hydrophilic  and lipophilic  polymer matrix to suppress the
taste of a drug.  This  technology is used for mildly to moderately  distasteful
drugs. The LIQUETTE(R) technology has been successfully  commercialized in Japan
through a licensing agreement with SS Pharmaceutical.

                                        6

<PAGE>
COMPETITION

         Competition in the development and marketing of pharmaceutical products
is  intense  and   characterized   by  extensive   research  efforts  and  rapid
technological  progress.  Many  companies,  including  those with  financial and
marketing  resources and  development  capabilities  substantially  greater than
those of the Company, are engaged in developing,  marketing and selling products
that compete with those offered by the Company.  There are also a few companies,
including KV, which  specialize in drug delivery  technology and the development
of products derived from those technologies for sale/licensing to pharmaceutical
marketers.  The Company  believes that its patents,  proprietary  trade secrets,
technological expertise, and product development and manufacturing  capabilities
position  it to  continue  to develop  products  to compete  effectively  in the
marketplace  and  maintain a leadership  position in the field of advanced  drug
technologies.

         The  Company  also  markets,  sells and  distributes  generic  products
directly to various markets and classes of customers through ETHEX  Corporation.
ETHEX is  subject  to  active  competition  from  numerous  firms.  The  primary
competitive  factors in this area are customer service,  quality of products and
price.  The nature and level of competition  varies among products,  markets and
classes of customers. The Company is subject to potential additional competition
from  firms who are able to  obtain  the  necessary  governmental  approvals  to
manufacture and distribute similar products.

REGULATION

         The design,  development and marketing of pharmaceutical  compounds are
intensively  regulated by the Federal Food and Drug  Administration  ("FDA") and
comparable  agencies in foreign countries.  For example,  The Federal Food, Drug
and Cosmetic Act, the Controlled  Substances Act and other United States federal
statutes and regulations impose  requirements on the testing,  manufacturing and
approval of the Company's  products  before a drug can be marketed in the United
States. Obtaining FDA approvals is a costly, time-consuming process and there is
no guarantee  that such  approval will be obtained with respect to an individual
product.  All  companies  in the  pharmaceutical  industry  are  subject  to FDA
inspections for compliance with current Good  Manufacturing  Practice  ("cGMP"),
which  encompasses  all aspects of the production  process as interpreted by the
FDA and involves changing and evolving standards.  FDA inspections are a part of
a continuing effort by the FDA to oversee and upgrade the level of industry-wide
compliance with cGMP,  with an emphasis on increased  validation of products and
increased stringency of Standard Operating Procedures. The Company undergoes FDA
inspections at all of its facilities.

         Since 1992,  the Company has  implemented  new  programs to ensure full
compliance with all of the FDA's regulatory  requirements and their increasingly
vigorous  interpretation by the government.  In addition, KV has agreed with the
FDA in a June 1993 Consent Decree to operate in compliance with FDA requirements
and,  in the event of  violations  of FDA  requirements,  has  agreed to certain
procedures with respect to corrective actions that may be warranted.

         With respect to potential  new products,  there are two principal  ways
for the Company to satisfy the FDA's safety and efficacy  requirements for a new
drug product,  a new drug  application  (an "NDA") and an  abbreviated  new drug
application (an "ANDA").  In recent years, the Company has experienced delays in
obtaining  FDA  approvals.  In  certain  instances,  KV's  customers  have  been
responsible for obtaining such FDA approvals and have been similarly  delayed. A
number of products KV  anticipated  would be  introduced  to the  pharmaceutical

                                       7
<PAGE>
market by KV or its client pharmaceutical  companies in fiscal 1992 through 1997
were delayed. The Company follows a policy of not disclosing  information on the
specific  products  covered  by its FDA  applications  in order to  protect  the
confidentiality  and competitive  position of the Company and its customers with
respect to  products  which it has  developed  and  expects to be the subject of
future market introductions.

         As a  consequence  of the  uncertainties  inherent in the drug approval
process,  an  applicant  is not in the position to predict in advance all of the
substantive  and  procedural  requirements  for  FDA  approval  of a  particular
product. In addition, the Company believes that under the agency's invocation of
its  "Application  Integrity  Policy",  the FDA will not process  the  Company's
applications  until the  Company  has  satisfied  the FDA with  respect  to data
previously submitted and has implemented any additional  procedures necessary to
assure the accuracy of information  furnished by the Company.  However,  the FDA
has specifically advised the Company that the Application  Integrity Policy does
not adversely delay any of its clients' NDA and ANDA submissions for products KV
has  developed  and will  manufacture  for such  clients.  Currently,  it is the
applications  of KV's  clients  which have the  greatest  value to the  Company.
Therefore,  the Company  believes that any delay in processing the Company's own
applications will not have a material adverse effect on the Company.

         The  Company  also  cannot  predict   whether  future   legislative  or
regulatory  developments might have an adverse effect on the Company.  It is the
Company's belief that generic drugs and drug delivery  products can provide cost
savings  opportunities  which  the  Company  could  benefit  from  in its  ETHEX
Corporation  subsidiary's  growth  as  well  as in its  drug  delivery  research
business.

         During fiscal 1997, the Company encountered no serious shortages of any
particular raw materials and has no indications that significant  shortages will
occur.  However,  a serious  shortage  of  certain  raw  materials  could have a
material adverse effect upon the Company.

         The Company  regards its drug delivery  technologies as proprietary and
maintains  an  extensive  trade secret and patent  protection  program  based on
patent   laws,   trade  secret  laws  and   restrictions   on   disclosure   and
transferability contained in its product license agreements. Internal safeguards
incorporated in its technologies also serve to protect the proprietary nature of
its programs. In addition,  employees with access to proprietary information and
potential   customers  who  evaluate  KV's  products  are  required  to  execute
non-disclosure  agreements.  The  Company  intends to  maintain  and enforce the
proprietary  nature of its  technologies.  In  addition  to its patent and trade
secret protection,  KV believes that the collective  knowledge and experience of
its  management  and  personnel  and their  ability to develop and enhance  drug
delivery  technologies and products developed from such technologies are also of
competitive significance.

         The Company  presently  owns 38 domestic and foreign  patents  expiring
through  2013 and 24  trademarks  expiring  through  2012  (which are  renewable
assuming continuous use), none of which is considered material to the continuing
operations  and success of the Company.  The Company  considers its  proprietary
know-how and processing techniques to be of greater importance to its continuing
operations than such patents.

         In order to protect its goodwill, the Company has applied for trademark
protection  for  its  technology  names  such  as  SITE  RELEASE(R),   KV/24(R),
FlavorTech(TM) , OraSite(R), METER RELEASE(R), MICRO RELEASE(R), DESCOTE(R), and
others.  The Company intends to continue to trademark new technology and product
names as they are developed.

                                       8
<PAGE>
         The  business  of the Company is  generally  not  seasonal,  although a
number of new cough/cold  products  marketed  through ETHEX  Corporation  can be
subject to seasonal demand.

         The nature of the Company's  business does not involve  unusual working
capital requirements. Inventories are maintained at sufficient levels to support
current production and sales levels.

         Customers  of the  Company  consist  of large and small  pharmaceutical
marketing companies,  drug chains and wholesalers.  During fiscal 1997 and 1996,
one  unaffiliated  customer,  McKesson  Drug  Company,  accounted for 15% of the
Company's consolidated  revenues.  During fiscal 1996, no one customer accounted
for 10% or more of consolidated revenues.

         The majority of the  Company's  sales are related to directly  marketed
generic products through ETHEX  Corporation  where backlog  measurements are not
meaningful,  due to the short lead time required (days) in filling orders at any
point in time relative to sales or income for a full 12-month period.

         Research and development spending,  including overhead,  spent by KV on
research  activities  relating to the development of new products or services or
the improvement of existing products or services was approximately $4,835,000 in
fiscal 1997,  $4,559,000  in fiscal 1996,  and  $4,525,000  in fiscal 1995.  The
estimated dollar amount  contributed by customers to these amounts was $4,000 in
fiscal 1997, $70,000 in fiscal 1996 and $271,000 in fiscal 1995.

         Spending  for KV products  comes from KV internal  funding and from its
major drug Company customers who have licensed  marketing rights to KV-developed
products.  KV's internally funded research and development spending,  which does
not include licensing  partners  sponsored sources of funds, is approximately 8%
of current revenues.

         The Company  does not expect that  compliance  with  federal,  state or
local  provisions  regulating the discharge of materials into the environment or
otherwise  relating to the  protection of the  environment  will have a material
effect on the Company's capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position.

         As of May 25,  1997,  the  Company  had 333  employees.  The Company is
subject to a new five year collective bargaining agreement which was ratified in
July, 1996 and covers 61 employees. The Company believes that its relations with
its employees are good.

         The Company  presently  does not have  material  operations or sales in
foreign  countries and its domestic sales are not subject to unusual  geographic
concentration.

Item 2.  Properties.

         The Company's  corporate  headquarters  is located in a two-story brick
building at 2503 South Hanley Road in St.  Louis  County,  Missouri,  containing
approximately  25,000 square feet of floor space. The Company has a lease on the
building  for a  period  of ten  years  expiring  December  31,  2005,  with one
five-year option to renew.

                                       9
<PAGE>
         In addition, the Company has the leases and the owned facility shown in
the following table:

                                              SQ FT    LEASE        RENEWAL
FACILITY                       USAGE          LEASED   EXPIRES      OPTIONS
============================== ===========    ======== =========    =======

2629 S. Hanley Road            Mfg. Oper.      18,000  11/30/97     5 years(1)
821 Hanley Industrial Court    Mfg. Oper.       5,000  11/30/97     3 years
8046-50 Litzsinger Road        Mfg. Oper.      17,000  12/31/96     5 years(1)
8056 Litzsinger Road           Office/Maint.    3,000  12/31/96     5 years(1)
2635 S. Hanley Road            Mfg. Oper.      12,150  11/30/97     5 years(1)
819 Hanley Ind'l Ct.           Mfg. Oper.       5,000  11/30/97     3 years
2525 S. Hanley Road            Mfg. Oper.      16,800  06/30/97     5 Years
8054 Litzsinger Road           Office           3,000  12/31/96     5 years(1)
2601 S. Hanley Road            PDI Office       1,480  04/30/97      5 years(1)
10888 Metro Court              Office/         81,810  Owned         N/A
                               Warehouse
2303 Schuetz Rd.               Mfg. Oper.      90,000  Owned         N/A



- ------------------------------------------------------

1 Three five-year options.


         Properties used in the Company's operations are considered suitable for
the purposes for which they are used and are believed to be adequate to meet the
Company's needs for the reasonably foreseeable future.  However, the Company has
considered  leasing  additional  facilities  from time to time  when  attractive
facilities  appeared to be available to accommodate the consolidation of certain
operations and to meet future expansion plans.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

         On April 6, 1995,  the Company  entered into a plea  agreement with the
U.S. Department of Justice under which the Company agreed to plead guilty to (1)
two misdemeanor  violations of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act involving
the failure to file certain  required  reports with the FDA in 1991 with respect
to  two lots of an erythromycin oral suspension product previously  manufactured
by the Company and (2) two misdemeanor counts involving the shipment of two lots
of the same product,  inappropriately  labeled as to their shelf life. Under the
plea  agreement,  the  Company  agreed  to pay a fine of  $500,000  and costs of
$100,000 in  installments of $75,000 every six months over 3 and one-half years,
beginning in July 1995 and was placed on probation during the payment period.

                                       10
<PAGE>
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

        Not applicable.

Item 4(a). Executive Officers of the Registrant1

         The  following  is a list  of the  current  executive  officers  of the
Company,  their ages,  their  positions  with the  Company  and their  principal
occupations for at least the past five years.

NAME                        AGE     POSITION HELD AND PAST EXPERIENCE
- ------------------------- --------- --------------------------------------------

Victor M. Hermelin           83     Director,   Chairman   of  the   Board   and
                                    Treasurer of the Company.

Marc S. Hermelin             55     Director,  Vice-Chairman  of the  Board  and
                                    Chief Executive Officer(2).

Alan G. Johnson              62     Director  and   Secretary  of  the  Company.
                                    Attorney  at Law and  Member in the law firm
                                    of  Gallop,  Johnson  & Neuman,  L.C.  since
                                    1976; Director of  MRL,   Inc.; and  Siboney
                                    Corporation.

Garnet E. Peck, Ph.D.        66     Director   of  the   Company   since   1994.
                                    Professor   of   Industrial   Pharmacy   and
                                    Director of  Industrial  Pharmacy for Purdue
                                    University  School of Pharmacy and Pharmacal
                                    Sciences since 1967.

Raymond F. Chiostri          63     Vice  President  and Group  President  of KV
                                    since  1986 and Chief  Executive  Officer of
                                    Particle   Dynamics,    Inc.   since   1995.
                                    President  -  Pharmaceutical  Division of KV
                                    1986 to 1995.

Gerald R. Mitchell           58     Vice President of Finance since 1981.

Mitchell I. Kirschner        51     Corporate   Vice   President   of   Business
                                    Development since 1989.2


         The term of office for each executive officer of the Company expires at
the next annual  meeting of the  directors or at such time as his  successor has
been elected and qualified.

(1)  This information is included in Part I as a separate item in accordance 
     with Instruction 3 to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K and General Instruction
     G to Form 10-K.

(2)  Victor M. Hermelin is the father of Marc S. Hermelin and father-in-law of
     Mitchell I. Kirschner.

                                       11
<PAGE>
                                     PART II

Item 5.  Market for the  Company's  Common  Stock and  Related  Security Holder
         Matters

             a)       Principal Market

                      The  Company's  Class A Common  Stock  and  Class B Common
                      Stock are traded on the American  Stock Exchange under the
                      symbols KV.A and KV.B, respectively.

             b)       Stock Price and Dividend Information
         
                      High and low closing  sales prices on the  American  Stock
                      Exchange of the Company's Class A and Class B Common Stock
                      during  each  quarter  of  fiscal  1997 and  1996  were as
                      follows:

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

                      FISCAL 1997                    FISCAL 1996
                ------------------------        ------------------------
     QUARTER      High           Low               High           Low
     -------    ----------    -----------       -----------    ----------

     First        15 7/8          11 7/8           8 1/2           5 3/8
     Second       14 3/8           7 5/8          10 1/8           6 3/4
     Third        12 7/8          10 3/4          13 3/8           7 3/4
     Fourth       21 1/8          11 5/8          17 7/8          11 1/4


CLASS B COMMON STOCK

                      FISCAL 1997                     FISCAL 1996
                ------------------------        -------------------------
     QUARTER      High          Low                High           Low
     -------    ---------    -----------        -----------    ----------

     First        15 3/4        12                 8 1/2           5 5/8
     Second       14 1/4         7 1/2            10               7 1/2
     Third        12 3/4        10 3/4            13 3/8           7 3/4
     Fourth       21            11 1/2            17 7/8          11 1/2


         No cash dividends were paid on the Company's  Class A or Class B Common
Stock in fiscal  1997 or 1996.  Dividends  on  Preferred  Stock in the amount of
$105,437  were paid  during the  fourth  quarter  of fiscal  1997,  but no other
dividends  were paid  during  the  above  periods.  See Note 8 to the  Financial
Statements regarding limitations on the payment of dividends.

         (c) Approximate Number of Holders of Common Stock

         The number of holders  of record of the  Company's  Class A and Class B
Common Stock as of June 6, 1997 was 689 and 621,  respectively  (not  separately
counting  shareholders  whose shares are held in  "nominee"  or "street"  names,
which are estimated to represent approximately 4,000 additional shareholders for
each class of common stock).

                                       12
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

Item 6. Selected Financial Data
<CAPTION>
                                                       ($ in 000's, except per share data)
                                                              Years Ended March 31,
                        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               1997                1996               1995                1994                1993
                               ----                ----               ----                ----                ----

<S>                          <C>                 <C>                 <C>                  <C>                 <C>    
Revenues                     $58,037             $49,789             $39,743              $38,171             $43,496
   % Change                    16.6                25.3                4.1                (12.2)               3.5
Net income
(loss)                         8,924               4,043              (5,375)              (8,181)              1,055

Net income (loss) per
   common share (a)
   (b)                        0.70                0.31                (.52)               (.78)                .06

Total assets                  41,362              27,948              27,975               31,802              39,331

Long-term debt and
   other                       3,071               3,452              12,153               13,323              11,886

Shareholders' Equity          33,084              20,550               9,974               13,343              21,631

<FN>

NOTES:

(a)  After deducting preferred dividends of $421,750 or $.04 per common share in
     1997,  1996, 1995, 1994 and 1993.

(b)  Dividends were paid on the Preferred  Stock in the fourth quarter of fiscal
     1997 in the amount of $105,437,  but no other cash  dividends  were paid on
     any shares of common or  preferred  stock during the five years ended March
     31, 1997.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       13
<PAGE>
Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations, and
         Liquidity and Capital Resources
        
         (a) Results of Operations

         The following  table  summarizes  the Company's  historical  results of
operations as a percentage of revenues for fiscal years 1997, 1996 and 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    Fiscal Year Ended
                                               1997                       1996                       1995
                                     -------------------------- ------------------------- ---------------------------
                                        Amount     Percent          Amount     Percent        Amount     Percent
                                                                  (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                       <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
ETHEX (generic products)                  $40,225       69%          $34,498      69%         $24,939      63%
KV (manufacturing & licensing)
                                            9,124       16             7,430      15            7,729      19
PDI (pharmaceutical compounds)
                                            8,688       15             7,861      16            7,075      18
                                         --------       --           -------     ---          -------    ----
     Net Revenues                         $58,037      100%          $49,789     100%         $39,743     100%

Costs and Expenses:
   Manufacturing costs                    $29,478       51%          $26,260      53%         $26,066      66%
   Research and development
                                            4,835        8             4,559       9            4,525      11
   Selling and administrative
                                           13,818       24            12,749      25           11,979      30
   Other, Net                                 599        1             2,088       4            2,548       6
                                         --------      ---           -------    ----          -------     ---
     Total costs & expenses                48,730       84%          $45,656      91%         $45,118     113%
   Income (loss) before income
     taxes                                  9,307       16             4,133       9           (5,375)    (13)

   Net income (loss)                       $8,924       15%           $4,043       8%         $(5,375)    (13)%
                                           ======       ===           ======       ==         ========    =====

</TABLE>

FISCAL 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1996

         Revenues.  Net revenues increased $8.2 million,  or 17%, to $58 million
during  fiscal 1997 from $49.8  million in fiscal  1996.  This sales  growth was
primarily due to an increase in the volume of new and existing  generic products
sold by ETHEX, increased licensing revenues as well as increased sales volume in
contract services and Particle Dynamics.  Net revenues from ETHEX increased $5.7
million,  or 17%, to $40.2  million  during  fiscal  1997 from $34.5  million in
fiscal 1996.  This  increase was  primarily due to the launch of ten new generic
products  during  fiscal  1997,  in  addition  to  increased  sales in  products
introduced  in  the  prior  year.   Net  revenues   derived  from  the  sale  of
pharmaceutical  compounds by PDI increased $.8 million,  or 11%, to $8.7 million
during fiscal 1997.  This increase was  attributable  to increased sales volumes
related   to  the  prior   years'   introduction   of  new   products   for  the
over-the-counter  DESCOTE(R) and DESTAB(TM)  product  lines.  Contract  services
increased  $1.7  million or 23% to $9.1 million in fiscal 1997 from $7.4 million
in fiscal 1996,  primarily due to increased  licensing  revenues of $1.3 million
resulting from an agreement concluded with Roche Holding Ltd.

                                      14
<PAGE>
         Costs and Expenses. Manufacturing costs increased $3.2 million, or 12%,
to $29.5  million  during  fiscal  1997  from  $26.3  million  in  fiscal  1996.
Manufacturing  costs as a percentage of revenues decreased to 51% from 53%. This
percentage decrease was primarily due to the continued growth in sales of higher
margin  products by ETHEX and  increased  margins in the Contract  manufacturing
business.

         Research and development  costs  increased $.2 million,  or 6%, to $4.8
million  during fiscal 1997 from $4.6 million in fiscal 1996.  This increase was
due to higher  personnel  costs.  The Company  expects to continue  spending for
research  and  development  in  the  future,   emphasizing  the  development  of
additional   products  for  sale  by  ETHEX,   as  well  as  new  drug  delivery
technologies.

         Selling and administrative  expenses increased $1.1 million,  or 8%, to
$13.8 million during fiscal 1997 from $12.7 million in the same period in fiscal
1996. However, as a percentage of revenue,  selling and administrative  expenses
decreased to 24% from 25%. The increase in selling and  administrative  expenses
was  primarily  related to the  Company's  selling  and  promotional  activities
associated  with the  significant  growth  experienced  in the  sales of new and
existing generic products marketed by ETHEX and additional  personnel to support
the Company's continued growth.

         Interest  expense  decreased $1 million,  or 70%, to $.4 million during
fiscal 1997 from $1.4 million in fiscal 1996. This decrease  resulted from lower
effective interest rates and lower levels of average borrowing during the fiscal
1997 period.  The income tax  provision was $383,000 for fiscal 1997 compared to
$90,000 in fiscal 1996. The tax provision of $383,000 is for state income taxes,
while the $90,000 in 1996 was due to the effect of the alternative minimum tax.

         Net Income.  As a result of the  factors  described  above,  net income
improved  $4.9 million or 121%,  to $8.9 million for fiscal 1997 from net income
of $4.0 million in fiscal 1996.

FISCAL 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1995

         Revenues.  Net  revenues  increased  $10.1  million,  or 25%,  to $49.8
million during fiscal 1996 from $39.7 million in fiscal 1995.  This sales growth
was  primarily  due to an  increase  in the volume of new and  existing  generic
products sold by ETHEX and increased licensing revenue.  Net revenues from ETHEX
increased  $9.6 million,  or 39%, to $34.5 million during fiscal 1996 from $24.9
million in fiscal 1995. This increase was primarily due to the launch of ten new
generic  products during fiscal 1996, in addition to increased sales of products
introduced in the prior year.  Licensing revenues increased $1.5 million to $2.3
million  during  fiscal  1996  due  to  an  agreement  concluded  with  a  major
pharmaceutical  manufacturer  to explore the  development of products  utilizing
KV's  drug  delivery  technologies.  The  Company  recognized  $1.7  million  of
licensing revenue from this  transaction.  Net revenues derived from the sale of
pharmaceutical  compounds by PDI increased $.8 million,  or 11%, to $7.9 million
during fiscal 1996.  This increase is  attributable  to the  introduction of new
products for the over-the-counter DESCOTE(R) and DESTAB(TM) product lines. Those
increases were partially offset by an expected decrease in revenues derived from
contract  services to $5.1 million in fiscal 1996 from $7 million in fiscal 1995
primarily  due to the  Company's  continued  de-emphasis  of  its  lower  margin
contract  manufacturing  business in order to develop and market  higher  margin
technologically distinguished generic products through ETHEX.

                                       15
<PAGE>
         Costs and Expenses.  Manufacturing costs increased $.2 million, or less
than 1%, to $26.3 million  during fiscal 1996 from $26.1 million in fiscal 1995.
Manufacturing  costs as a percentage of revenues decreased to 53% from 66%. This
percentage decrease was primarily due to the continued growth in sales of higher
margin generic products by ETHEX.

         Research and development costs increased  $34,000,  or less than 1%, to
$4.6 million during fiscal 1996 from $4.5 million in fiscal 1995.  This increase
was due to higher personnel costs. The Company expects to continue  spending for
research  and  development  in  the  future,   emphasizing  the  development  of
additional  generic  products  for sale by  ETHEX  as well as new drug  delivery
technologies.

         Selling and administrative  expenses  increased $.7 million,  or 6%, to
$12.7  million  during fiscal 1996 from $12 million in the same period in fiscal
1995. However, as a percentage of revenue,  selling and administrative  expenses
decreased to 25% from 30%. The increase in selling and  administrative  expenses
was  primarily  related to the  Company's  selling  and  promotional  activities
associated  with the  significant  growth  experienced  in the  sales of new and
existing generic products marketed by ETHEX.

         Interest expense  increased $.1 million,  or 8%, to $1.4 million during
fiscal 1996 from $1.3 million in fiscal 1995. Such increase resulted from higher
effective  interest  rates and  higher  levels of average  borrowing  to support
growth in the fiscal  1996  period.  The income tax  provision  was  $90,000 for
fiscal 1996  compared to zero in fiscal 1995.  The tax  provision of $90,000 was
due to the effect of the alternative  minimum tax.  Otherwise,  no provision was
made for income taxes as a result of available net operating loss carryforwards.
As of March 31, 1996, the Company's net operating loss  carryforwards  were $8.9
million.

         Net Income  (Loss).  As a result of the factors  described  above,  net
income  improved  $9.4  million to $4 million for fiscal 1996 from a net loss of
$5.4 million in fiscal 1995.

                                       16
<PAGE>
         (b) Liquidity and Capital Resources

         The following  table sets forth selected  balance sheet data and ratios
for fiscal years 1997, 1996 and 1995.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          At March 31,
                                                                          ($ in 000's)
                                                                          ------------
                                                          1997                1996                 1995
                                                   ------------------- -------------------- -------------------

        <S>                                             <C>                 <C>                  <C>      
        Working Capital Ratio                           5.8 to 1            4.6 to 1             2.5 to 1
        Quick Ratio                                     3.1 to 1            2.4 to 1             1.4 to 1
        Debt to Debt Plus Equity                        .07 to 1            .14 to 1             .57 to 1
        Total Liabilities to Equity                     .25 to 1            .36 to 1            1.80 to 1
        Cash and Equivalents                            $  7,628            $  2,038            $   1,076
        Working Capital                                   25,017              14,053                8,927
        Long Term Liabilities                              3,071               3,452               12,153
        Stockholders' Equity                              33,084              20,550                9,974

</TABLE>

         Working  capital for fiscal 1997 increased $11 million,  or 78%, to $25
million due to an increase in current assets of $12.2 million and an increase in
current liabilities of $1.3 million.  Net cash provided by operating  activities
for  fiscal  1997  included   increases  in  receivables  of  $1.3  million  and
inventories of $4.3 million to improve service levels,  which resulted primarily
from  increased  sales  volume of ETHEX  products,  and an  increase in accounts
payable and accrued  liabilities of $1.6 million.  These changes in receivables,
inventories  and  payables  were more than  offset by net  income  and  non-cash
charges  aggregating  $10.6  million,  resulting  in cash  provided by operating
activities of $5.6 million for fiscal 1997.

         At the end of fiscal 1997, the Company's  "quick  assets",  cash,  cash
equivalents and accounts receivable  increased $6.9 million (74%) from the prior
year,  while current  liabilities  increased  $1.3 million (32%)  resulting in a
"quick ratio" of 3.1 to 1 compared to 2.4 to 1 at the end of 1996.

         The debt to debt plus equity and total liabilities to equity ratios for
fiscal 1997 decreased  because of the impact of the net income for the year, the
repayment of debt and $3.5 million  proceeds from the private  placement sale of
200,000  shares of Class A Common  Stock to Roche  Holding  Ltd.,  completed  in
March, 1997.

         Investing  activities in fiscal 1997 reflected capital  expenditures of
$2 million and net  expenditures  for other  assets of $.8  million,  which were
provided for through operations.

         In  January,  1996 the  Company  concluded  an  agreement  with a major
pharmaceutical  marketer  whereby the Company  received  $5,000,000  and certain
other  considerations,  plus  $5,000,000  for the sale of certain Class A common
stock options  exercisable in various periods through September,  1998 (See Note
12). Under the transaction, which was entered into between the parties partially
in  consideration  of and replacing  certain other  products,  the two companies
entered into an agreement for future  royalties and product  opportunities.  The
Company  gave the  marketer  the right to explore the  Company's  drug  delivery
technologies  with the  possibility  of  entering  into  future  agreements  for
individual  products.  The transaction  (other than the sale of the options) was
recorded as a  reimbursement  to the Company  for, and thus the removal from its
balance  sheet,   of   approximately   $2,500,000  of  Deferred   Improved  Drug

                                       17
<PAGE>
Entities(TM),  receivables and inventory of approximately  $400,000, and patents
and trademarks relating to the Company's technologies of approximately $200,000.
As a result,  approximately  $1,700,000  was included in licensing  revenues and
$200,000 as a reimbursement of expenses.

         In January,  1997, the Company  concluded a broad-based  agreement with
Roche Holding Ltd. of Basel,  Switzerland.  (Roche).  As part of the  agreement,
Roche  purchased  200,000  shares of Common  Class A stock  for  $3,500,000.  In
addition,  the  agreement  included  an  initial  cash  payment of $3 million on
January 1, 1997. Two additional payments of $3 million annually will be received
through January 1, 1999,  unless  regulatory  approval of a potential  follow on
product in the same  therapeutic  area is  received  prior to these  dates.  The
initial  $3,000,000  payment  has been  included  in  revenue,  while the future
payments  will be similarly  treated,  when  received.  Upon  approval,  KV will
receive royalties on sales of the product.

         The Company's  cash and cash  equivalents on hand at year-end were $7.6
million.  The  Company  also had in place at March 31,  1997,  a secured  credit
facility aggregating $17.5 million, which is in the process of being replaced by
an unsecured revolving line of credit and letter of credit facility  aggregating
$22,600,000 with LaSalle  National Bank.  Completion of the transition in credit
facilities  occurred  as of June  18,  1997.  The  Company's  capital  equipment
commitments  at  year-end  totaled  approximately  $1.7  million  and a  planned
expansion of its corporate  headquarters  approximating $1.8 million is expected
to occur in fiscal 1998.

         On June 15, 1997,  the Company  exercised its right of first refusal to
purchase  for  $4,300,000  the facility it had been renting at 10888 Metro Court
and a separate  long-term  financing  of the  purchase  has been  arranged  with
LaSalle  National  Bank  in the  amount  of  $3,500,000.  This  transaction  was
completed on June 24, 1997.

         Although  the  Company  generally  has been  able to pass  along to its
customers at least a portion of cost increases in labor,  manufacturing  and raw
material costs under its agreements, in certain instances no increases have been
effected due to market  conditions.  It is not  meaningful  to compare  changing
prices over the past three years because the products, product formulas, product
mix and sources of raw materials have varied substantially.

         The Company has  transitioned  its revenue  structure from one based on
lower margin, highly competitive,  short-term contract manufacturing to focusing
on higher margin,  drug delivery product marketing through ETHEX Corporation and
Particle  Dynamics,  Inc., its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  as well as advanced
technology drug delivery products to be marketed and co-marketed under long-term
licensing  agreements.  These  advanced  technology  drug delivery  products and
systems  are the  subject of a number of  long-term  business  arrangements  and
provide  differentiated and/or improved benefits derived from incorporating KV's
drug delivery  system  technologies.  For the most part,  these  products can be
produced with existing manufacturing  processes. The Company expects to continue
a relatively  high level of expenditures  and investment for research,  clinical
and regulatory  efforts  relating to the  development and  commercialization  of
proprietary new products and advanced technology products and their approval for
marketing.

         The  implementation  of these  strategies  of focusing on drug delivery
technology  distinguished  product marketing  capabilities through its ETHEX and
Particle Dynamics,  Inc.  subsidiaries and drug delivery licensing  arrangements

                                       18
<PAGE>
with  brand  pharmaceutical   marketing  clients  has  allowed  the  Company  to
de-emphasize contract services. Consequently, the Company has shifted its future
growth  internally,  with drug delivery product marketing  capabilities and drug
delivery licensing activities constituting 91% of KV's total business

             The Company believes funds generated from operating  activities and
existing cash,  together with the funds  available under its new credit facility
and the funds  provided from licensing  agreements  will be adequate to fund the
Company's  requirements  for short term needs due to the continued  sales growth
being experienced.


         (c) New Accounting Standards

         In  March  1997,  the  Financial   Accounting  Standards  Board  issued
Statement  Number 128,  Earnings Per Share.  This  pronouncement  provides for a
different  method of  calculating  earnings  per share than is  currently  used.
Management  feels  that  the  adoption  of this  pronouncement  will  not have a
significant effect on its earnings per share.


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

                                       19
<PAGE>
               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of KV Pharmaceutical Company:



We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of KV Pharmaceutical Company and
Subsidiaries  as of  March  31,  1997 and  1996,  and the  related  consolidated
statements of  operations,  shareholders'  equity and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended March 31, 1997.  These financial  statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all material respects, the financial  position of KV  Pharmaceutical
Company and Subsidiaries as of March 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of their
operations  and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
March 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

BDO SEIDMAN, LLP
St. Louis, Missouri

June 18, 1997

                                       20
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                   KV PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                             March 31, 1997 and 1996

<CAPTION>
ASSETS                                                                1997                        1996
- ------                                                                                                
                                                               -------------------          ------------------
<S>                                                               <C>                          <C>   
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents                                         $     7,627,523              $    2,038,069
Receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts of
   $129,055 and $570,498 in 1997 and 1996, respectively                 8,579,598                   7,281,459
Inventories                                                            12,785,588                   8,450,162
Prepaid and other current assets                                        1,230,193                     229,358
                                                               ------------------           -----------------   
  Total Current Assets                                                 30,222,902                  17,999,048
                                                               ------------------           ----------------- 

 Net Property and Equipment                                             8,117,809                   7,621,217
                                                               ------------------           -----------------

Goodwill and other assets                                               3,021,009                   2,328,190
                                                               ------------------           ----------------- 
TOTAL ASSETS                                                        $  41,361,720               $  27,948,455
                                                               ===================          ================= 

LIABILITIES
Current Liabilities:
Current maturities of long-term debt                             $        351,316               $     712,328
Accounts payable                                                        2,045,048                   2,068,265
Accrued liabilities                                                     2,809,571                   1,165,506
                                                               -------------------          ------------------
  Total Current Liabilities                                             5,205,935                   3,946,099

Long-term debt                                                          2,158,025                   2,541,216
Other long-term liabilities                                               913,319                     911,230
                                                               -------------------          ------------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES                                                       8,277,279                   7,398,545
                                                               -------------------          ------------------

Commitments and Contingencies

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock, $.01 par value; $25.00 
  stated and liquidation  value; 840,000
  shares authorized; issued and outstanding - 
  241,000 shares in 1997 and 1996                                           2,410                       2,410

Class A and Class B Common Stock, $.01 par value; 
  60,000,000 shares of each authorized;
  Class A-issued 7,717,487 and 7,120,614 in 1997 and 1996                  77,175                      71,207
  Class B-issued 4,376,570 and 4,747,357 in 1997 and 1996                  43,766                      47,474

Additional paid-in capital                                             33,844,685                  30,235,926
Retained deficit                                                         (828,642)                 (9,752,154)
Less:  Treasury stock, 23,746 shares each of
  Class A and Class B common stock, at cost                               (54,953)                    (54,953)
                                                               --------------------         -------------------

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                                             33,084,441                  20,549,910
                                                               -------------------          ------------------

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS'
EQUITY                                                              $  41,361,720               $  27,948,455
                                                               ===================          ==================


</TABLE>

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


                                       21
<PAGE>
<TABLE>


                                               KV PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<CAPTION>


                                            For the Years Ended March 31, 1997 1996 and 1995

                                                           1997                       1996                      1995
                                               ----------------------    ------------------------    -----------------------
<S>                                                     <C>                         <C>                      <C>         
Net Revenues                                            $ 58,037,159                $ 49,788,635             $ 39,742,554

Costs and Expenses:
Manufacturing costs                                       29,478,372                  26,259,638               26,065,642
Research and development                                   4,835,478                   4,559,360                4,524,956
Selling and administrative                                13,817,802                  12,748,726               11,978,564
Interest expense                                             411,237                   1,377,604                1,275,622
Amortization of intangible assets                            187,758                     710,647                  672,571
Litigation settlement                                              -                           -                  600,000
                                               ----------------------    ------------------------    -----------------------
Total costs and expenses                                  48,730,647                  45,655,975               45,117,355
                                               ----------------------    ------------------------    -----------------------

Income (Loss) before income taxes                          9,306,512                   4,132,660               (5,374,801)

Provision for income taxes                                   383,000                      90,000                        -   
                                               ----------------------    ------------------------    -----------------------

Net Income (Loss)                                      $   8,923,512               $   4,042,660             $ (5,374,801)
                                               =====================     ========================    =======================

Net Income (Loss) per Common Share
    (after deducting preferred dividends
    of $421,750 in 1997, 1996 and 1995):               $       0.70                $        0.31                   (0.52)
                                               =====================     ========================    =======================


</TABLE>

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                       22
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                     PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                For the Years Ended March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995
<CAPTION>

                                                         Class A  Class B      Additional     Retained                      Total
                                          Preferred      Common   Common         Paid-In      Earnings     Treasury    Shareholders'
                                            Stock         Stock    Stock         Capital     (Deficit)       Stock         Equity
                                          ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>       <C>        <C>           <C>             <C>          <C>        
Balance at March 31, 1994                  $2,410       $63,050   $48,011    $21,704,514   $(8,420,013)    $(54,953)    $13,343,019
Stock Options  exercised,  
 420 shares of Class A and 370 shares
 of Class B, less 150 shares of each 
 class repurchased                              -             3         2           (239)            -            -            (234)
Sale of 375,000 shares of Class A               -         3,750         -      2,002,448             -            -       2,006,198
Conversion of 826,000 shares of Class B
  Shares to Class A shares                      -           826      (826)             -             -            -               -
Net Loss for 1995                               -             -         -              -    (5,374,801)           -      (5,374,801)
                                          ---------- ------------ --------- ------------- --------------   ----------- -------------
Balance at March 31, 1995                   2,410        67,629    47,187     23,706,723   (13,794,814)     (54,953)      9,974,182
                                          ---------- ------------ --------- ------------- --------------   ----------- -------------
Stock Options issued                            -             -         -      5,000,000             -            -       5,000,000
Stock Options exercised,
  194,242 shares of Class A                     -         1,943         -        772,107             -            -         774,050
  192,122 shares of Class B                     -             -     1,922        757,096                                    759,018
Conversion of 163,475 shares of
  Class B shares to Class A shares              -         1,635    (1,635)             -             -            -               -
Net Income for 1996                             -             -         -              -     4,042,660            -       4,042,660
                                          ---------- ------------ --------- ------------- --------------   ----------- -------------
Balance at March 31, 1996                   2,410        71,207    47,474     30,235,926    (9,752,154)     (54,953)     20,549,910
                                          ---------- ------------ --------- ------------- --------------   ----------- -------------
Sale of 200,000 Class A shares                  -         2,000         -      3,498,000             -            -       3,500,000
Stock Options issued as compensation            -             -         -        114,300             -            -         114,300
Stock Options exercised,
  13,125 shares of Class A                      -           130         -         50,188             -            -          50,318
  13,195 shares of Class B                      -             -       130         51,708             -            -          51,838
  Less 177 shares of each class
   repurchased
Conversion of 383,925 shares of
  Class B shares to Class A shares              -         3,838    (3,838)             -             -            -               -
Dividends paid on preferred stock               -             -         -       (105,437)            -            -        (105,437)
Net income for 1997                             -             -         -              -     8,923,512            -       8,923,512
                                          ---------- ------------ --------- ------------- -------------    ---------  --------------
Balance at March 31, 1997                  $2,410       $77,175   $43,766    $33,844,685     $(828,642)    $(54,953)    $33,084,441
                                          ---------- ------------ --------- ------------- --------------   ----------  -------------

</TABLE>

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                       23

<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                   KV PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
               For the Years Ended March 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995
<CAPTION>


                                                                                 1997                 1996                1995
                                                                                 ----                 ----                ----
<S>                                                                         <C>                 <C>                 <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Income (Loss)                                                           $  8,923,512        $  4,042,660        $ (5,374,801)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
   to net cash provided by operating activities:
   Depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges                       1,594,300                               1,961,975
   Stock options issued as compensation                                          114,300           2,098,622                   -
                                                                                                           -

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
   (Increase) in receivables                                                  (1,298,139)           (440,836)           (448,347)
   (Increase) decrease in inventories and other current
     assets                                                                   (5,336,261)
                                                                                                  (1,820,982)          3,212,927
   (Increase) decrease  in accounts payable and
     accrued liabilities                                                       1,620,848                                 483,761
                                                                                                    (799,676)
   Other                                                                           2,089              (7,861)            574,991
                                                                       ------------------   ------------------  -----------------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING
ACTIVITIES                                                                     5,620,649           3,071,927             410,506
                                                                       ------------------   -----------------   -----------------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
   Purchase of property and equipment                                         (1,903,134)           (841,318)           (334,404)
   Decrease in Deferred Improved Drug Entities                                         -           2,450,241                   -
   Other                                                                        (880,577)           (457,006)           (315,840)
                                                                       -------------------  ------------------  ------------------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) INVESTING
 ACTIVITIES                                                                   (2,783,711)          1,151,917            (650,244)
                                                                       -------------------  -----------------   ------------------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
   Proceeds from credit facilities                                                     -          28,311,372           6,086,046
   Repayment of credit facilities                                                      -         (34,130,635)         (6,800,000)
   Proceeds from term loan facility                                                    -           6,820,189                   -
   Principal payments on long-term debt                                         (744,203)        (10,795,482)           (483,541)
   Proceeds from sale of common stock                                          3,500,000                   -           2,006,198
   Dividends paid on preferred stock                                            (105,437)                  -                   -
   Exercise (repurchase) of common stock options                                 102,156           1,533,068                (234)
   Proceeds from sale of stock options                                                 -           5,000,000                   -
                                                                       ------------------   -----------------   -----------------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING
ACTIVITIES                                                                     2,752,516          (3,261,488)            808,469
                                                                       ------------------   ------------------  -----------------

INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                          5,589,454             962,356             568,731
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR                                 2,038,069           1,075,713             506,982
                                                                       ------------------   -----------------   -----------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR                                    $  7,627,523        $  2,038,069        $  1,075,713
                                                                       ==================   =================   =================

</TABLE>


See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                       24
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies


Principles of Consolidation

         The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of KV
Pharmaceutical  Company (the  Company) and its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries.  All
material   intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated  in
consolidation.

Cash Equivalents

         Cash  equivalents  consist of highly  liquid  instruments  that have an
original maturity of three months or less.

Inventories

         Inventories  are stated at the lower of cost or  market,  with the cost
determined on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis.

Property and equipment

         Property and  equipment  are stated at cost.  Depreciation  is computed
over the estimated useful lives using the straight line method.

Goodwill and other assets

         The excess of cost of  investment  over the fair value of net assets of
the  subsidiaries  at the time of acquisition  is being  amortized on a straight
line basis over 40 years.  All other deferred  charges are being  amortized over
periods varying from 5 to 17 years on a straight line basis.

Revenue Recognition

         The Company  recognizes revenue from product sales upon shipment to its
customer.  Provisions  for estimated  sales  allowances,  returns and losses are
accrued at the time  revenues  are  recognized.  The  Company  also  enters into
long-term agreements under which it assigns marketing rights for the products it
has developed to pharmaceutical  marketers. The Company recognizes royalties and
other payments  specified in the agreements as income when the earnings  process
is completed.

Earnings Per Share

         Earnings (Loss) per share after  deducting/adding  preferred  dividends
are based on the weighted  average number of common and common  equivalent share
outstanding  during each year.  Common equivalent shares consist of the dilutive
effect of unissued  shares that would be issued upon the exercise of outstanding
stock  options.  The weighted  average number of shares  aggregated  12,106,992,
11,814,097 and 11,178,495 in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

                                       25
<PAGE>
Income Taxes

         The Company accounts for income taxes on the liability method. Deferred
income taxes are provided on the differences between the tax basis of assets and
liabilities  and their financial  reporting  amounts based on enacted tax rates.
These  temporary   differences   relate  primarily  to  depreciation,   accounts
receivable and inventory  reserves,  deferred  compensation,  net operating loss
carryforward and various tax credits.

         Valuation  allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred
tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

Use of Estimates

         The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Long-Lived Assets

         Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles are reviewed for
impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that the
carrying  amount of the  asset  may not be  recoverable  through  the  estimated
un-discounted  future  cash  flows from the use of these  assets.  When any such
impairment  exists,  the related  assets  will be written  down to fair value in
accordance with Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No 121, "Accounting
for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed
Of." No impairment losses have been necessary through March 31, 1997.

Stock-Based Compensation

         The  Company  grants  stock  options  for a fixed  number  of shares to
employees  with an exercise price greater than or equal to the fair value of the
shares at the date of grant.  The Company  accounts for stock  option  grants in
accordance  with  Accounting  Principles  Board Opinion No. 25,  "Accounting for
Stock Issued to Employees  "(APB  Opinion No. 25").  That Opinion  requires that
compensation cost related to fixed stock options plans be recognized only to the
extent that the fair value of the shares at the grant date  exceeds the exercise
price. Accordingly, the Company recognizes no compensation expense for its stock
option grants.

         In October  1995,  the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board,  issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation"  (SFAS No.  123).  SFAS No. 123 allows  companies  to  continue to
account for their stock option plans in accordance  with APB Opinion No. 25, but
encourages the adoption of a new  accounting  method based on the estimated fair
value of  employee stock  options.  Pro forma net  income  and income per share,
determined as if the Company had applied the new method,  are  disclosed  within
Note 10.

                                       26
<PAGE>
New Accounting Standards

         In  March  1997,  the  Financial   Accounting  Standards  Board  issued
Statement  Number 128,  Earnings Per Share.  This  pronouncement  provides for a
different  method of  calculating  earnings  per share than is  currently  used.
Management  feels  that  the  adoption  of this  pronouncement  will  not have a
significant effect on its earnings per share.

Reclassifications

         Certain  amounts from the prior years'  financial  statements have been
reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

         The carrying  amounts of all short-term  asset and liability  financial
instruments  are  reasonable  estimates of their fair value because of the short
maturity  of  these  items.  The  carrying  amount  of all long  term  financial
instruments  approximates  their fair value  because their terms are similiar to
those which can be obtained  for similar  financial  instruments  in the current
marketplace.

2. Nature of Operations

         The  Company  and its  subsidiaries  develop,  manufacture  and  market
technology-distinguished    pharmaceuticals   and   pharmaceutical    compounds.
Prescription   pharmaceuticals  are  sold  primarily  to  domestic  wholesalers,
drugstore chains,  distributors and independent pharmacies nationwide.  Contract
manufacturing  and  pharmaceutical  compounds are sold to major  domestic  drug,
nutritional and food companies.

         Sales to a single  company  aggregated 15% for the year ended March 31,
1997. No single customer  accounted for 10% or more of consolidated  revenues in
fiscal  1996.  In  addition,  the  balance  due from  this  company  represented
approximately 23% and 15% of consolidated  accounts  receivables as of March 31,
1997 and 1996, respectively.

         The Company extends unsecured credit to its customers.

3. Inventories

         Inventories as of March 31 consist of the following:


                                              1997                 1996
                                              ----                 ----
            Finished goods                $  6,941,864          $ 4,087,636
            Work-in-process                  1,645,879            1,772,711
            Raw materials                    4,494,167            2,814,815
                                           -----------         ------------
                                            13,081,910            8,675,162
            Reserves for obsolescence         (296,322)            (225,000)
                                         -------------         ------------
                                           $12,785,588          $ 8,450,162
                                           ===========          ===========

                                       27
<PAGE>
4. Property and Equipment

         Property and equipment as of March 31 consists of:
                                                       1997           1996
                                                       ----           ----
               Land and improvements              $    499,567   $    499,567
               Building and building
               improvements                          3,482,812      3,439,159
               Machinery and equipment              11,792,688     11,386,962
               Office furniture and equipment        3,403,378      3,053,811
               Leasehold improvements                2,363,555      2,281,162
               Construction-in-progress
                  (estimated costs to
                  complete at March 31,
                  1997 - $1,700,000)                 1,114,837        176,026
                                                     ---------        -------
                                                    22,656,837     20,836,687
               Less accumulated depreciation
               and amortization
                                                   (14,539,028)   (13,215,470)
                                                   ------------   ------------
               Net property and equipment
                                                  $  8,117,809   $  7,621,217
                                                  ============   ============

         Depreciation of property and equipment was  $1,406,542,  $1,390,790 and
$1,259,922 for 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

5. Other Assets

         Other  assets  include  goodwill,   deferred  financing  charges,  cash
surrender value of life insurance, deposits, trademarks and patents. As of March
31, 1997 and 1996,  the  unamortized  excess of  purchase  price over net assets
acquired,  net of accumulated  amortization  of $1,305,092 and  $1,249,688,  was
$833,469 and $888,873,  respectively.  Amortization of goodwill is being charged
to operations at $55,404 per year.  Amortization  of all other deferred  charges
was $132,354, $655,244 and $646,439 for 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

6. Accrued Liabilities

         Accrued liabilities as of March 31, consist of the following:

                                               1997                  1996
                                               ----                  ----
           Salaries, wages and
              benefits                       $1,352,951        $    279,385
           Interest                              85,777             153,159
           Income Taxes                         476,000                   -
           Other                                894,843             732,962
                                            -----------        ------------
                                            $ 2,809,571        $  1,165,506
                                            ===========        ============

                                       28
<PAGE>
7. Long Term Debt

         Long-term debt at March 31 consists of the following:

                                                   1997            1996
                                                   ----            ----

          Industrial revenue bonds              2,480,000        2,805,000
          Capital lease                            29,341          448,544
                                               ----------        ---------
          Total                                 2,509,341        3,253,544
          Less current portion                    351,316          712,328
                                               ----------        ---------
          Long-term debt                       $2,158,025       $2,541,216
                                               ==========       ==========

         The industrial  revenue  bonds,  which bear interest at 7.35% per annum
mature  serially  through 2004 and are  collateralized  by certain  property and
equipment, as well as through a letter of credit.

         The capital  lease at March 31, 1997,  which bears  interest at 11%, is
payable monthly over the next two years.

         The aggregate  maturities of long-term debt as of March 31, 1997 are as
follows:

                         1998           $ 351,316  
                         1999             328,025  
                         2000             325,000 
                         2001             325,000 
                         2002             325,000
                         Later Years      855,000 
                                       ---------- 
                                       $2,509,341 
                                       ========== 

         The Company  paid  interest of  $482,471,  $1,352,823,  and  $1,420,581
during the years ended March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

8. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

         The Company has  noncancelable  commitments for rental of office space,
plant and warehouse  facilities,  transportation  equipment  and other  personal
property under  operating  leases.  Future minimum lease  commitments  under all
noncancelable operating leases are as follows:

                       1998            $   744,206
                       1999                625,679
                       2000                578,811
                       2001                543,685
                       2002                514,366
                       Later Years       2,676,236
                                        ----------
                                        $5,682,983
                                        ==========

                                       29
<PAGE>
         Total rent  expense for the years ended March 31,  1997,  1996 and 1995
was $1,189,349, $1,229,881 and $1,260,026, respectively.

         On June 15, 1997,  the Company  exercised its right of first refusal to
purchase  for  $4,300,000  the facility it had been renting at 10888 Metro Court
and a separate  long-term  financing  of the  purchase  has been  arranged  with
LaSalle  National  Bank  in the  amount  of  $3,500,000.  This  transaction  was
completed on June 24, 1997.

Contingencies

         The Company currently carries product liability coverage of $10,000,000
per occurrence and $10,000,000 in the aggregate on a "claims made" basis.  There
is no assurance  that the Company's  present  insurance will cover any potential
claims that may be asserted in the future.  In addition,  the Company is subject
to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of business.

Employment Agreements

         The Company has  employment  agreements  with certain  officers and key
employees which extend for one to five years.  These agreements provide for base
levels of  compensation  and, in certain  instances,  also provide for incentive
bonuses and separation  benefits.  Also, the agreement with one officer contains
provisions for partial salary  continuation under certain conditions  contingent
upon noncompete restrictions and providing consulting services to the Company as
specified in the agreement.  The Company accrued  $152,089 and $142,139 for this
liability in 1997 and 1996, respectively.

Credit Facility

         As of March 31, 1997, the Company had a loan agreement  expiring in May
1998.  The agreement  provided for (1) a revolving line of credit for borrowings
up to $17,500,000,  subject to certain collateral requirements,  (2) a term loan
which was fully  amortized as of March 31, 1997, and (3) letters of credit up to
$6,000,000. The aggregate amount of outstanding debt under this agreement cannot
exceed  $17,500,000.  At March 31, 1997 there was no outstanding debt under this
agreement.  Interest charged has been renegotiated to its current level of prime
plus 1/2 percent. Accounts receivable,  inventories,  equipment, real estate and
intangibles  are  pledged as  collateral  on the  agreement.  Certain  covenants
require  minimum  levels  of  operating   ratios,   working   capital,   capital
expenditures, net worth and restrict payment of dividends. As of March 31, 1997,
the Company had  approximately  $4,500,000  of open letters of credit under this
agreement that reduced the total available to $13,000,000. The Company's current
credit  facility is being replaced by an unsecured  revolving line of credit and
letter of credit facility  aggregating  $22,600,000  with LaSalle National Bank,
with a three-year term and interest  charged at the prime rate.  Closing of this
transaction occurred as of June 18, 1997.

9. Income Taxes

         The  provision  for income  taxes  consists of state taxes for 1997 and
alternative minimum tax for 1996. No provision for income taxes was required for
1995.


                                       30
<PAGE>
         The reasons for the differences  between the provision for income taxes
and the expected federal income taxes at the statutory rate are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        1997                     1996                 1995
                                        ----                     ----                 ----
<S>                                   <C>                    <C>                 <C>  
Computed income tax expense
   (benefit) at statutory rate        $3,164,000             $1,536,211          $(2,062,000)
Change in valuation allowance         (3,392,000)            (1,596,200)           1,926,100
Alternative minimum tax                        -                 90,000                    -
State income taxes, less
    federal income tax benefit           383,000                      -                    -
Other                                    228,000                 59,989              135,900
                                     -----------          -------------           ----------
Provision for income taxes           $   383,000           $     90,000     $              0
                                     ===========           ============     ================

</TABLE>


                                       31
<PAGE>
         As of March 31, 1997, and 1996, the tax effect of temporary differences
between the tax basis of assets and liabilities  and their  financial  reporting
amount are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  1997                   1997              1996                   1996
                                                Current              Non-Current          Current             Non-Current
                                                -------              -----------          -------             -----------
<S>                                       <C>                         <C>             <C>                    <C>    
Fixed asset basis
  differences                             $             -             $(1,132,000)    $             -        $(1,052,400)
Reserve for inventory and
   receivables                                    775,000                       -             302,300                  -
Capitalized inventory costs                       228,000                       -             163,600                  -
Vacation pay reserve                              203,000                       -                   -                  -
Deferred compensation                                   -                 290,000                   -            232,300
Reserve for medical
  self insurance                                   47,500                       -              34,300                  -
Net operating loss
  carryforward                                          -                       -                   -          3,369,300
Research and development
  credit                                                -                 958,000                   -          1,594,000
Minimum tax credit                                      -                 963,000                   -            129,000
Other                                             125,500                       -                   -            187,700
                                             ------------             -----------      --------------        -----------
                                                1,379,000               1,079,000             500,200          4,459,900
Valuation allowance                            (1,379,000)               (189,000)           (500,200)        (4,459,900)
                                              -----------             -----------           ---------        -----------
   Net deferred taxes                     $             0           $     890,000      $            0       $          0
                                          =================           ===========      ==============       ============

</TABLE>




         The  components  of deferred  taxes are as follows as of March 31, 1997
and 1996:

                                        1997                      1996
                                        ----                      ----
  Deferred tax liability             $(1,132,000)              $(1,052,400)
  Deferred tax asset                   3,590,000                 6,012,500
  Valuation allowance                 (1,568,000)               (4,960,100)
                                      ----------               -----------
                                     $   890,000               $         0
                                     ===========               ===========

         The  valuation  allowance  decreased by  approximately  $3,392,100  and
$1,596,200 during 1997 and 1996 respectively.

         At  March  31,  1997,   the  Company  has  the  following   income  tax
carryforwards available:

                                                 Amount        Expiration Dates
                                                 ------        ----------------

      Regular tax credit carryforwards
          (primarily research &
           development credits)                 $958,000           1998-2010
      AMT credit carryforwards                  $963,000              N/A

         The Company paid income taxes of $846,000,  $90,000 and $0,  during the
years ended March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 respectively.

                                       32
<PAGE>
10. Employee Benefits

Stock Option Plan

         The Company has established  the KV  Pharmaceutical  Company  Incentive
Stock  Option Plan for key  employees  and reserved  1,965,000  shares of common
stock for such plan.  Under the plan, the Stock Option Committee may grant stock
options to key employees at not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair
market value of the Company's  Common Stock at the date of grant.  The durations
and  exercisability of the grants vary over a period of up to ten years from the
date of grant.  During 1997 the Company granted options for 391,932 shares,  but
had 46,550  shares  forfeited.  As of March 31,  1997,  options  with  remaining
contractual  lives of up to ten  years to  purchase  828,087  shares at the fair
market  value  at the  grant  date  were  outstanding,  342,323  of  which  were
exercisable.

         The following summary shows the transactions for the fiscal years 1997,
1996, and 1995 under option arrangements:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     Options Outstanding                  Options Exercisable
                                                     -------------------                  -------------------
                                                                    Average                              Average
                                                    No. of         Price Per            No.             Price per
                                                     Shares          Share          of Shares             Share
                                                     ------          -----          ---------             -----

<S>                                                 <C>               <C>             <C>                 <C> 
Balance, March 31, 1994                             753,876           5.29            461,731             4.33
Options granted                                      52,500           6.94
Options becoming exercisable                                                           64,573             5.13
Options exercised                                      (790)          2.65               (790)            2.65
Options canceled                                   (125,870)          7.99            (26,267)            5.71
                                                -------------                     -------------

Balance, March 31, 1995                             679,716           4.92            499,247             4.36
 Options granted                                    239,825           7.29
Options becoming exercisable                                                           86,599             6.75
Options exercised                                  (386,364)          3.97           (386,364)            3.97
Options canceled                                    (24,032)          6.35            (10,773)            4.66
                                                -------------                     -------------

Balance, March 31, 1996                             509,145           6.70            188,709             6.25
Options granted                                     391,932          12.00
Options becoming exercisable                                                          205,529            10.58
Options exercised                                   (26,440)          3.91            (26,440)            3.91
Options canceled                                    (46,550)          8.44            (25,475)            7.89
                                                -------------                     -------------

Balance, March 31, 1997                             828,087           9.20            342,323             8.91
                                                    =======                           =======

</TABLE>

         As discussed in the Summary of Accounting Policies, the Company applies
APB Opinion  No. 25 and related  interpretations  in  accounting  for this plan.
Accordingly,  no  compensation  cost has been recognized for its incentive stock
option plan.

                                       33
<PAGE>
         The  weighted-average  grant date fair value per share of stock options
granted during the year was $5.23 for A options,  $4.02 for B options, and $2.79
for A  options,  and  $1.78 for B options  in 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  The
weighted-average  significant  assumptions  used to determine those values using
the  Black-Sholes  option pricing model for 1997 and 1996,  respectively,  were:
Volatility  of .6212 and .4972;  dividend  yield of 0% in both years;  risk-free
interest  rate of return of 6.6% and 6.0% and  expected  option lives of 5 or 10
years.

         The  following  table  summarizes   information   about  stock  options
outstanding at March 31, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                Options Outstanding                                    Options Exercisable
                              ----------------------------------------------------------        ----------------------------------

  Range of Exercise            Number             Weighted Average           Weighted              Number             Weighted
        Prices               Outstanding             Remaining                Average           Exercisable            Average 
                             at 3/31/97           Contractual Life        Exercise Price         at 3/31/97        Exercise Price
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------        ---------------------------------
<C>                           <C>                     <C>                      <C>                  <C>                  <C>  
$3.00 to $6.00                103,405                 4 years                  $4.09                86,860               $3.65
$6.00 to $9.00                349,470                 6 years                  $7.30               144,946               $7.26
$9.00 to $12.00               356,712                 7 years                 $12.03                32,023              $10.52
$12.00 to $16.43               18,500                10 years                 $16.43                78,494              $12.89
                              -------                                                              -------                 
                              828,087                                                              342,323

</TABLE>


         The fair market value of options  granted  during the years ended March
31, 1997 and 1996 was $1,754,000 and $467,000, respectively.

         The pro-forma  effect on earnings for the year ended March 31, 1997 and
1996 of the method  consistent with SFAS No. 123 would be to reduce reported net
income  by  approximately  $1.7 million  and  $.4  million,   respectively,  to
approximately $7.2 million and $3.7 million.

         The  pro-forma  effect on earnings  per share for the years ended March
31,  1997 and 1996 of this method was to reduce net income per share by $.13 per
share and $.03 per share, respectively, to $.57 per share and $.28 per share.


                                       34
<PAGE>
Profit Sharing Plan

         The Company has a qualified  trustee  profit  sharing plan (the "Plan")
covering   substantially   all  non-union   employees.   The  Company's   annual
contribution  to  the  Plan,  as  determined  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  is
discretionary  and was $50,000 for fiscal 1997. No profit  sharing  contribution
was made in fiscal years 1996 and 1995. The Plan includes  features as described
under Section  401(k) of the Internal  Revenue Code.  The Company is required to
make  contributions to the 401(k)  investment funds quarterly in an amount equal
to  twenty-five  (25%) of the first 4% of the salary amount  contributed by each
participant.  Contributions  to the  401(k)  investment  funds of  approximately
$78,000, $71,000 and $103,000 were made in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

         The Plan was  amended as of April 1, 1997,  to require  the  Company to
make  contributions to the 401(k)  investment funds quarterly in an amount equal
to  fifty  percent  (50%)  of the  first 7% of the  salary  contributed  by each
participant.


Health and Medical Insurance Plan

         The Company  contributes to health and medical  insurance  programs for
its non-union and union  employees.  For non-union  employees,  the Company self
insures the first $50,000 of each employee's  covered  medical claims  annually.
The Company has recorded  approximately  $125,000 and $90,000 of accrued  health
insurance  expense  reserves  as of March 31, 1997 and 1996,  respectively,  for
incurred but not reported claims. For union employees,  the Company participates
in a fully funded  insurance  plan sponsored by the union.  Expenses  related to
both plans charged to operations was approximately $1,200,840,  $1,058,000,  and
$1,375,000 in fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

11. Related Party Transactions

         A director of the Company is  associated  with a law firm that rendered
various  legal  services  for the  Company.  The Company  paid the firm,  in the
aggregate,  approximately $257,216, $243,512 and $122,000 during the years ended
March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

         In addition, the Company currently leases certain real property from an
affiliated  partnership of another director of the Company.  Lease payments made
for this property  during the years ended March 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995 totaled
approximately $231,885, $222,910 and $199,000, respectively.

12. Equity Transactions

         As of March 31, 1997, the Company has outstanding  241,000 shares of 7%
Cumulative  Convertible  preferred  stock (par value $.01 per share) at a stated
value of $25 per share. The preferred stock is non-voting with dividends payable
quarterly.  The preferred stock is redeemable at its stated value. Each share of
preferred stock is convertible  into Class A Common Stock at a conversion  price
of $10 per share.  The preferred  stock has a liquidation  preference of $25 per
share  plus  all  accrued  but  unpaid   dividends   prior  to  any  liquidation
distributions  to holders  of Class A or Class B Common  Stock.  Undeclared  and
unaccrued  cumulative  preferred  dividends  at March  31,  1997  and 1996  were
$2,203,644 and $1,887,331, respectively.

                                       35
<PAGE>
         Holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to receive  dividends  per
share equal to 120% of the  dividends per share paid on the Class B Common Stock
and have  one-twentieth  vote per share.  No dividends may be paid on Class A or
Class B Common Stock unless all  dividends on the  convertible  preferred  stock
have been declared and paid.

         Under the terms of the  Company's  current  loan and  replacement  loan
agreements (See Note 8), the Company has limitations on paying dividends, except
in stock,  on its Class A and B Common  Stock.  Payment of dividends may also be
restricted under Delaware Corporation law.

         In connection with an agreement entered into in January, 1996 (See Note
14), the Company  received  $5,000,000  for the purchase of Class A Common Stock
options  exercisable  through  September 29, 1998.  Options valued at $1,150,000
expired at March 31, 1997. Of the funds  received for the common stock  purchase
options,  $1,250,000  was  allocated to an option to purchase  shares of Class A
Common  Stock at a  minimum  price of $40 per  share,  exercisable  for a 30 day
period ending  September 29, 1997. An additional  $1,300,000 was allocated to an
option to purchase  Class A Common Stock at a minimum  purchase price of $45 per
share,  exercisable  for a 30 day  period  ending  March  30,  1998.  The  final
$1,300,000  was  allocated  to an option to purchase  Class A Common  Stock at a
minimum price of $50 per share, exercisable for a 30 day period ending September
29, 1998. The actual exercise price and number of shares of Class A Common Stock
to be  purchased  are  dependent on the fair market value of the stock for a ten
day period prior to exercise.

         In January 1997, the Company  entered into an agreement  under which it
agreed  to sell  200,000  shares of Class A Common  Stock  (par  value  $.01 per
share).  The sale was  completed  in March of 1997,  with  proceeds  aggregating
$3,500,000 (See note 14).

13. Litigation

         In  April,  1995,  a plea  agreement  was  entered  into  with the U.S.
Department of Justice.  Under the agreement,  the Company agreed to plead guilty
to  certain  misdemeanor  violations  and to pay a fine  of  $500,000  and  cost
reimbursements  of  $100,000.  Payments  are to be  made in  eight  semi-annual,
interest free  installments  of $75,000  beginning in July 1995. The Company was
also placed on probation by the FDA during the payment  period.  The full amount
of all  costs  associated  with the plea  agreement  was  also  recorded  in the
Company's statement of operations for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995.

         From time to time,  the  Company  becomes  involved  in  various  legal
matters which it considers to be in the ordinary  course of business.  While the
Company is not  presently  able to determine the  potential  liability,  if any,
related to such matters, the Company believes none of the matters,  individually
or in the  aggregate,  will have a  material  adverse  effect  on its  financial
position.

14. Agreements

         In  January,  1996 the  Company  concluded  an  agreement  with a major
pharmaceutical  marketer  whereby the Company  received  $5,000,000  and certain
other  considerations,  plus  $5,000,000  for the sale of certain Class A common
stock options  exercisable in various periods through September,  1998 (See Note
12). Under the transaction, which was entered into between the parties partially
in  consideration  of and replacing  certain other  products,  the two companies
entered into an agreement for future  royalties and product  opportunities.  The
Company  gave the  marketer  the right to explore the  Company's  drug  delivery
technologies  with the  possibility  of  entering  into  future  agreements  for
individual  products.  The transaction  (other than the sale of the options) was

                                       36
<PAGE>
recorded as a  reimbursement  to the Company  for, and thus the removal from its
balance  sheet,   of   approximately   $2,500,000  of  Deferred   Improved  Drug
Entities(TM),  receivables and inventory of approximately  $400,000, and patents
and trademarks relating to the Company's technologies of approximately $200,000.
As a result,  approximately  $1,700,000 was allocated to licensing  revenues and
$200,000 as a reimbursement of expenses.

         In January,  1997, the Company  concluded a broad-based  agreement with
Roche Holding, Ltd. Of Basel, Switzerland (Roche).  Included in the terms of the
agreement,   Roche  purchased  200,000  shares  of  Common  Class  A  Stock  for
$3,500,000.  The  agreement  also  provides for the  marketing by Roche,  or its
licensee,  of a  prescription,  one dose cure vaginal  antifungal  product.  The
product combines Roche's proprietary  butoconazole nitrate with KV's proprietary
SITE RELEASE(R) drug delivery  technology.  The product was originally developed
by KV for Syntex  (U.S.A.),  Inc.,  which was  acquired by a Roche  affiliate in
1995.  The product  received FDA approval in February,  1997. The agreement also
gives KV the right to market the  product  in North  America  and the  exclusive
right to market or license the prescription product in the rest of the world.

         The  agreement  included an initial  cash payment of $3 million made in
January 1997.  Two additional  payments of $3 million  annually will be received
through January 1, 1999,  unless  regulatory  approval of a potential  follow-on
product in the same  therapeutic  area is  received  prior to these  dates.  The
initial  $3,000,000  payment  has been  included  in  revenue,  while the future
payments  will be similarly  treated,  when  received.  Upon  approval,  KV will
receive royalties on the sales of the follow-on product. Under the agreement, KV
also has the exclusive right to market or license the follow-on  product outside
of North America.

         Also,  as part of the  agreement,  three  additional  products  will be
developed for Roche using KV's proprietary drug delivery technologies.  KV would
receive  manufacturing  revenues  and  royalties  at the time the  products  are
marketed under separate agreements for each product.

         As  part  of  a  further   collaboration  under  the  agreement,   KV's
wholly-owned  subsidiary,  ETHEX  Corporation,  will market two of Roche's brand
name products generically.

15. Industry Segments

         The  Company   operates  in  one  industry   segment,   "Pharmaceutical
Development, Manufacturing and Marketing."

                                       37
<PAGE>
Item 9.   Changes  in and  Disagreements  with Accountants  on  Accounting  and 
          Financial Disclosure

         The  information  contained  in  Registrant's  Report  on  [Form  8-K-A
(Amendment  No. 1) filed June 18,  1996]  under  Item 4,  entitled  "Changes  in
Registrant's Certified Accountant," is incorporated herein by this reference.

                                    PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

         The  information  contained under the caption  "INFORMATION  CONCERNING
NOMINEE AND DIRECTORS  CONTINUING IN OFFICE" in the Company's  definitive  proxy
statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14(a) for the Company's 1997 annual
meeting  of  shareholders,   which  involves  the  election  of  directors,   is
incorporated herein by this reference. Also see Item 4(a) of Part I hereof.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

         The information  contained under the captions "EXECUTIVE  COMPENSATION"
and  "INFORMATION  AS TO  STOCK  OPTIONS"  in  the  Company's  definitive  proxy
statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14(a) for the Company's 1997 annual
meeting  of  shareholders,   which  involves  the  election  of  directors,   is
incorporated herein by this reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and  Management.

         The  information  contained  under the caption  "SECURITY  OWNERSHIP OF
PRINCIPAL HOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT" in the Company's definitive proxy statement to
be filed  pursuant to Regulation  14(a) for the Company's 1997 annual meeting of
shareholders,  which involves the election of directors,  is incorporated herein
by this reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

         The information  contained under the caption "TRANSACTIONS WITH ISSUER"
in the Company's  definitive  proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation
14(a) for the Company's 1997 annual meeting of shareholders,  which involves the
election of directors, is incorporated herein by this reference.

                                       38
<PAGE>

                                     PART IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K
   (a)     1.  Financial Statements:                                     Page

           The  following  consolidated  financial  statements of the
           Company are included in Part II, Item 8:

           Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants             20

           Consolidated Balance Sheets as of
           March 31, 1997 and 1996                                        21

           Consolidated Statements of Operations
           for the Years Ended March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995              22

           Consolidated Statements of Shareholders'
           Equity for the Years Ended March 31,
           1997, 1996 and 1995                                            23

           Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
           for the Years Ended March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995              24

           Notes to Financial Statements                                 25-38


                                       39
<PAGE>
               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of KV Pharmaceutical Company:



The  audits  referred  to in our  report  dated June 18,  1997  relating  to the
consolidated   financial  statements  of  KV  Pharmaceutical  Company  which  is
contained  in Item 8 of this  Form  10-K  included  the  audit of the  financial
statement  schedule listed in the accompanying  index. This financial  statement
schedule is the responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on this  financial  statement  schedule  based upon our
audits.

In our  opinion  such  financial  statement  schedule  presents  fairly,  in all
material respects, the information set forth therein.

BDO SEIDMAN, LLP

St. Louis, Missouri
June 18, 1997


                                       40
<PAGE>

2.  Financial Statement Schedules:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   Schedule II
                                        Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

                                         Balance at       Additions charged    Amounts          Balance
                                         beginning           to costs and     charged to         at end
                                          of year              expenses        reserves         of year
                                          -------              --------        --------         -------

<S>                                    <C>                 <C>                 <C>             <C>     
Year Ended March 31, 1995:
Allowance for doubtful accounts        $   83,633          $  135,000          $   49,446     $   169,187
Inventory obsolescence                    710,089           2,735,154           1,559,672       1,885,571
                                          -------           ---------           ---------       ---------
                                          793,722           2,870,154           1,609,118       2,054,758
                                          =======           =========           =========       =========

Year Ended March 31, 1996:
Allowance for doubtful accounts           169,187             736,757             335,446         570,498
Inventory obsolescence                  1,885,571           1,399,966           3,060,537         225,000
                                        ---------           ---------           ---------        --------
                                        2,054,758           2,136,723           3,395,983         795,498
                                        =========           =========           =========         =======
Year Ended March 31, 1997:
Allowance for doubtful accounts           570,498             440,911             882,355          129,054
Inventory obsolescence                    225,000           1,180,516           1,109,194          296,322
                                        ---------           ---------           ---------          -------
                                          795,498           1,621,427           1,991,549          425,376
                                         ========           =========           =========          =======
</TABLE>

Financial  Statements  of KV  Pharmaceutical  Company  (separately)  are omitted
because KV is primarily an operating  company and its  subsidiaries  included in
the financial statements are wholly-owned and are not materially indebted to any
person other than through the ordinary course of business.


3. Exhibits:

See Exhibit  Index on pages 43 through 49 of this Report.  Management  contracts
and compensatory plans are designated on the Exhibit Index.

     (b)     Reports on Form 8-K:

             One report on Form 8-K was filed on March 20, 1997  disclosing the
             sale of 200,000 Class A shares.



                                       41
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                            KV PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY

Date:    June 27, 1997                 By   /s/  Marc S. Hermelin
                                            ---------------------
                                            Vice Chairman of the Board
                                            (Principal Executive Officer)



Date:    June 27, 1997                 By   /s/  Gerald R. Mitchell
                                            -----------------------
                                            Vice President, Finance
                                            (Principal Financial and
                                            Accounting Officer)


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below on the dates indicated by the following  persons on behalf
of the Company and in their  capacities  as members of the Board of Directors of
the Company:



Date:    June 27, 1997                     By  /s/  Marc S. Hermelin
                                               ---------------------
                                               Marc S. Hermelin



Date:    June 27, 1997                    By  /s/  Victor M. Hermelin
                                              -----------------------
                                              Victor M. Hermelin



                                              /s/ Garnet E. Peck, Ph.D.
                                              -------------------------
                                              Garnet E. Peck, Ph.D.



Date:    June 27, 1997                    By  /s/  Alan G. Johnson
                                              --------------------
                                              Alan G. Johnson

<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


   Exhibit No.                           Description                      Page
   -----------                           -----------                      ----

      3(a)           The Company's Certificate of Incorporation, which
                     was filed as Exhibit 3(a) to the Company's Annual
                     Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  March 31,
                     1981, is incorporated herein by this reference.

      3(b)           Certificate   of  Amendment  to   Certificate  of
                     Incorporation of the Company,  effective March 7,
                     1983,  which  was  filed as  Exhibit  3(c) to the
                     Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                     ended March 31, 1983, is  incorporated  herein by
                     this reference.

      3(c)           Certificate   of  Amendment  to   Certificate  of
                     Incorporation  of the Company,  effective June 9,
                     1987,  which  was  filed as  Exhibit  3(d) to the
                     Company's Annual Report on From 10-K for the year
                     ended March 31, 1987, is  incorporated  herein by
                     this reference.

      3(d)           Certificate   of  Amendment  to   Certificate  of
                     Incorporation of the Company, effective September
                     24, 1987,  which was filed as Exhibit 3(f) to the
                     Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                     ended March 31, 1988, is  incorporated  herein by
                     this reference.

      3(e)           Certificate   of  Amendment  to   Certificate  of
                     Incorporation of the Company,  which was filed as
                     Exhibit 3(e) to the  Company's  Annual  Report on
                     Form 10-K for the year ended March 31,  1996,  is
                     incorporated herein by this reference.

      3(f)           Certificate   of  Amendment  to   Certificate  of
                     Incorporation of the Company,  which was filed as
                     Exhibit 3(f) to the  Company's  Annual  Report on
                     Form 10-K for the year ended March 31,  1996,  is
                     incorporated herein by this reference.

      3(g)           Bylaws  of  the  Company,   as  amended   through
                     November  18,  1982,  which was filed as  Exhibit
                     3(e) to the Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K
                     for  the  year   ended   March   31,   1993,   is
                     incorporated hereby by this reference.

      3(h)           Amendment  to  Bylaws of the  Company,  which was
                     filed as  Exhibit  3(h) to the  Company's  Annual
                     Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  March 31,
                     1996, is incorporated herein by this reference.
<PAGE>
      4(a)           Certificate   of   Designation   of  Rights   and
                     Preferences   of   7%   Cumulative    Convertible
                     preferred stock of the Company, effective June 9,
                     1987,  and  related  Certificate  of  Correction,
                     dated June 17,  1987,  which was filed as Exhibit
                     4(f) to the Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K
                     for  the  year   ended   March   31,   1987,   is
                     incorporated herein by this reference.

      4(b)           Loan Agreement dated as of November 1, 1989, with
                     the  Industrial   Development  Authority  of  the
                     County of St. Louis, Missouri,  regarding private
                     activity  refunding  and revenue  bonds issued by
                     such Authority, including form of Promissory Note
                     executed in connection therewith, which was filed
                     as Exhibit 4(b) to the Company's Quarterly Report
                     on Form 10-Q for the quarter  ended  December 31,
                     1989, is incorporated herein by this reference.

      4(c)           Loan and  Security  Agreement,  dated as of April
                     27,   1995,   between   the   Company   and   its
                     subsidiaries  and Foothill  Capital  Corporation,
                     which was filed as Exhibit 4(n) to the  Company's
                     Annual  Report  on Form  10-K for the year  ended
                     March 31, 1995,  is  incorporated  herein by this
                     reference.

      4(d)           Revolving Loan Note,  dated as of April 27, 1995,
                     by the Company and its  subsidiaries  in favor of
                     Foothill Capital Corporation,  which was filed as
                     Exhibit 4(c) to the  Company's  Annual  Report on
                     Form 10-K for the year ended March 31,  1995,  is
                     incorporated herein by this reference.

      4(e)           Term  Note,  dated as of April 27,  1995,  by the
                     Company and its subsidiaries in favor of Foothill
                     Capital  Corporation,  which was filed as Exhibit
                     4(d) to the Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K
                     for  the  year   ended   March   31,   1995,   is
                     incorporated herein by this reference.

      4(f)           Form of Capital  Equipment Note to be executed by
                     the  Company  and its  subsidiaries  in  favor of
                     Foothill Capital Corporation,  which was filed as
                     Exhibit 4(e) to the  Company's  Annual  Report on
                     Form 10-K for the year ended March 31,  1995,  is
                     incorporated herein by this reference.

      4(g)           Deed of Trust and Security Agreement, dated as of
                     April  27,  1995,  in favor of  Foothill  Capital
                     Corporation,  which was filed as Exhibit  4(f) to
                     the Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                     year ended March 31, 1995, is incorporated herein
                     by this reference.
<PAGE>
      4(h)           First  Amendment to Loan and Security  Agreement,
                     dated as of April 27,  1995,  between the Company
                     and  its   subsidiaries   and  Foothill   Capital
                     Corporation,  dated as of March 29,  1996,  which
                     was filed as Exhibit 4(s) to the Company's Annual
                     Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  March 31,
                     1996, is incorporated herein by this reference.

      4(i)           Loan  Agreement  dated June 18, 1997  between the
                     Company and its subsidiaries and LaSalle National
                     Bank, filed herewith.

      4(j)           Revolving  Note,  dated  June  18,  1997,  by the
                     Company and its  subsidiaries in favor of LaSalle
                     National Bank, filed herewith.

      4(k)           Term Note,  dated June 24,  1997,  by the Company
                     and its subsidiaries in favor of LaSalle National
                     Bank, filed herewith.

     10(a)*          Stock  Option  Agreement  between the Company and
                     Marc  S.   Hermelin,   Vice  Chairman  and  Chief
                     Executive  Officer,  dated  February 18, 1986, is
                     incorporated herein by this reference.

     10(b)*          First  Amendment  to  and  Restatement  of the KV
                     Pharmaceutical   1981  Employee  Incentive  Stock
                     Option Plan,  dated March 9, 1987 (the  "Restated
                     1981  Option  Plan"),  which as filed as  Exhibit
                     10(t) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
                     for  the  year   ended   March   31,   1988,   is
                     incorporated herein by this reference.

     10(c)*          Second  Amendment  to the  Restated  1981  Option
                     Plan,  dated  June 12,  1987,  which was filed as
                     Exhibit 10(u) to the  Company's  Annual Report on
                     Form 10- K for the year ended March 31, 1988,  is
                     incorporated herein by this reference.

- --------
*        Management contract or compensation plan.


<PAGE>
     10(d)*          Revised Form of Stock Option Agreement, effective
                     June 12, 1987, for the Restated 1981 Option Plan,
                     which was filed as Exhibit 10(v) to the Company's
                     Annual  Report  on From  10-K for the year  ended
                     March 31, 1988,  is  incorporated  herein by this
                     reference.

     10(e)*          Consulting  Agreement  between  the  Company  and
                     Victor M. Hermelin,  Chairman of the Board, dated
                     October 30,  1978,  as amended  October 30, 1982,
                     and Employment Agreement dated February 20, 1974,
                     referred  to therein  (which was filed as Exhibit
                     10(m) to the Company's Annual Report on From 10-K
                     for the year ended March 31, 1983) and subsequent
                     Amendments dated as of August 12, 1986, which was
                     filed as Exhibit  10(f) to the  Company's  Annual
                     Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  March 31,
                     1987,  and dated as of September  15, 1987 (which
                     was  filed  as  Exhibit  10(s)  to the  Company's
                     Annual  Report  on Form  10-K for the year  ended
                     March 31,  1988),  and  dated  October  25,  1988
                     (which  was  filed  as   Exhibit   10(n)  to  the
                     Company's  Annual  Report  on Form  10- K for the
                     year ended March 31, 1989), and dated October 30,
                     1989  (which  was filed as  Exhibit  10(n) to the
                     Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                     ended March 31, 1990), and dated October 30, 1990
                     (which  was  filed  as   Exhibit   10(n)  to  the
                     Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                     ended  March 31,  1991),  and dated as of October
                     30, 1991 (which was filed as Exhibit 10(i) to the
                     Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                     ended March 31, 1992), are incorporated herein by
                     this reference.

     10(f)*          Restated and Amended Employment Agreement between
                     the   Company  and  Gerald  R.   Mitchell,   Vice
                     President,  Finance,  dated as of March 31, 1994,
                     is incorporated herein by this reference.

     10(g)*          Employment  Agreement  between  the  Company  and
                     Raymond F. Chiostri, Corporate Vice-President and
                     President-Pharmaceutical   Division,   which  was
                     filed as Exhibit  10(l) to the  Company's  Annual
                     Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  March 31,
                     1992, is incorporated herein by this reference.
- --------
*        Management contract or compensation plan.
<PAGE>
      10(h)          Lease of the  Company's  facility  at 2503  South
                     Hanley Road, St. Louis,  Missouri,  and amendment
                     thereto,  between  the Company as Lessee and Marc
                     S. Hermelin as Lessor, which was filed as Exhibit
                     10(n) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
                     for  the  year   ended   March   31,   1983,   is
                     incorporated herein by this reference.

      10(i)          Amendment to the Lease for the  facility  located
                     at 2503 South Hanley Road,  St. Louis,  Missouri,
                     between   the  Company  as  Lessee  and  Marc  S.
                     Hermelin  as  Lessor,  which was filed as Exhibit
                     10(p) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
                     for  the  year   ended   March   31,   1992,   is
                     incorporated herein by this reference.

      10(j)          Amendment  to  Lease   Agreement,   dated  as  of
                     September  30,  1985,   between  the   Industrial
                     Development Authority of the County of St. Louis,
                     Missouri, as Lessor and KV Pharmaceutical Company
                     as Lessee, regarding lease of facility located at
                     2303 Schuetz Road,  St. Louis  County,  Missouri,
                     which was filed as Exhibit 10(q) to the Company's
                     Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter   ended
                     December 31, 1985, is incorporated herein by this
                     reference.

     10(k)*          KV Pharmaceutical  Company Fourth Restated Profit
                     Sharing Plan and Trust  Agreement dated September
                     18,  1990,  which was filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the
                     Company's  Registration Statement on Form S-8 No.
                     33-36400,   is   incorporated   herein   by  this
                     reference.

     10(l)*          First Amendment to the KV Pharmaceutical  Company
                     Fourth  Restated  Profit  Sharing  Plan and Trust
                     dated September 18, 1990, is incorporated  herein
                     by this reference.

     10(m)*          KV  Pharmaceutical  Company 1991 Incentive  Stock
                     Option Plan, adopted as of October 7, 1991, which
                     was filed as Exhibit 4 to the Company's  Form S-8
                     Registration   Statement  No.   33-44927,   filed
                     January 6, 1992, is  incorporated  herein by this
                     reference.

      10(n)          Consent Decree and Civil Actions Nos. 4:93CV00918
                     and   4:93CV00919   filed  June  14,   1993,   in
                     connection with Complaint of Forfeiture on behalf
                     of FDA,  which was filed as Exhibit  10(s) to the
                     Company's  Annual  Report  on Form  10- K for the
                     year ended March 31, 1993, is incorporated herein
                     by this reference.

- --------
*        Management contract or compensation plan.


<PAGE>
      10(o)          Modification  of Consent  Decree of  Condemnation
                     and Permanent Injunction filed December 13, 1993,
                     which was filed as Exhibit 10(r) to the Company's
                     Annual  Report  on From  10-K for the year  ended
                     March 31, 1994,  is  incorporated  herein by this
                     reference.

      10(p)          Second   Modification   of   Consent   Decree  of
                     Condemnation and Permanent Injunction filed April
                     6, 1994,  which was filed as Exhibit 10(s) to the
                     Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                     ended March 31, 1994, is  incorporated  herein by
                     this reference.

     10(q)*          Employment Agreement between the Company and Marc
                     S. Hermelin,  Vice- Chairman,  dated November 15,
                     1993,  which  was filed as  Exhibit  10(u) to the
                     Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                     ended March 31, 1994, is  incorporated  herein by
                     this reference.

     10(r)*          Amendment  to  Consulting  Agreement  between the
                     Company and Victor M.  Hermelin,  Chairman of the
                     Board, dated October 30, 1978, which was filed as
                     Exhibit 10(v) to the  Company's  Annual Report on
                     Form 10-K for the year ended March 31,  1994,  is
                     incorporated herein by this reference.

     10(s)*          Stock  Option   Agreement  dated  June  1,  1995,
                     granting stock option to Marc S. Hermelin,  which
                     was  filed  as  Exhibit  10(w)  to the  Company's
                     Quarterly  Report  on Form  10-Q for the  quarter
                     ended June 30, 1996,  is  incorporated  herein by
                     this reference.

     10(t)*          Second  Amendment  dated as of June 1,  1995,  to
                     Employment Agreement between the Company and Marc
                     S. Hermelin,  which was filed as Exhibit 10(x) to
                     the Company's  quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for
                     the quarter ended June 30, 1996, is  incorporated
                     herein by this reference.

- --------
*        Management contract or compensation plan.


<PAGE>
     10(u)*          Amendment   to   and   Restatement   of   the  KV
                     Pharmaceutical  Company's  1991  Incentive  Stock
                     Optation Plan dated as of November 1, 1995, which
                     was  filed  as  Exhibit  10(y)  to the  Company's
                     Annual  Report  on Form  10-K for the year  ended
                     March 31, 1996,  is  incorporated  herein by this
                     reference.

     10(v)*          Stock  Option  Agreement  dated as of January 22,
                     1996,  granting stock options to MAC & Co., which
                     was  filed  as  Exhibit  10(z)  to the  Company's
                     Annual  Report  on Form  10-K for the year  ended
                     March 31, 1996,  is  incorporated  herein by this
                     reference.

     10(w)*          Third Amendment dated as of November 22, 1995, to
                     Employment Agreement between the Company and Marc
                     S. Hermelin, which was filed as Exhibit 10(aa) to
                     the Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                     year ended March 31, 1996, is incorporated herein
                     by this reference.

     10(x)*          Stock Option  Agreement  dated as of November 22,
                     1995,  granting  a  stock  option  to  Victor  M.
                     Hermelin,  which was filed as  Exhibit  10(bb) to
                     the Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                     year ended March 31, 1996.

     10(y)*          Fourth Amendment to and Restatement,  dated as of
                     January 2, 1997, of the KV Pharmaceutical Company
                     1991 Incentive Stock Option Plan, filed herewith.

     10(z)*          Agreement  between the Company Marc S.  Hermelin,
                     Vice  Chairman,  dated  December 16,  1996,  with
                     supplemental letter attached, filed herewith.

     10(aa)          Amendment to Lease dated  February 17, 1997,  for
                     the  facility  located at 2503 South Hanley Road,
                     St. Louis, Missouri between the Company as Lessee
                     and Marc S. Hermelin as Lessor, filed herewith.

       11            Computation of per share earnings, filed
                     herewith.

       21            List of Subsidiaries, filed herewith.

       23            Consent of BDO Seidman, L.L.P., filed herewith.

       27            Financial Data Schedule, filed herewith.

   
- --------
*        Management contract or compensation plan.

                                 LOAN AGREEMENT

                            Dated as of June 18, 1997

                                      among

                           K-V PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY,
                             PARTICLE DYNAMICS, INC.
                              and ETHEX CORPORATION

                                  as Borrowers,


                                       and

                              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK


                                     as Bank

<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

This Table of Contents is not part of the  Agreement to which it is attached but
is inserted for convenience only.

1.  DEFINITIONS AND TERMS......................................................2
         1.1          Certain Definitions......................................2
         1.2          Certain UCC and Accounting Terms........................12

2.  LOANS:  BANK'S COMMITMENTS AND BORROWING PROCEDURES.......................13
         2.1          Revolving Credit Commitment.............................13
         2.2          Term Loan Commitment....................................13
         2.3          Borrowing Procedures under the Revolving Credit 
                      Commitment..............................................13
         2.4          Letters of Credit.......................................14
         2.5          Borrowing Procedure Under the Term Loan Commitment......14

3.  LOANS:  NOTES EVIDENCING LOANS............................................14
         3.1          Revolving Note..........................................14
         3.2          Term Note...............................................15
         3.3          Recordation.............................................15

4.  LOANS:  AMOUNTS; INTEREST; BALANCES.......................................15
         4.1          Applicable Borrowing Amounts; Interest Rates; Default 
                      Rate....................................................15
         4.2          Computation of Interest.................................16
         4.3          Conversion and Reborrowing of Loans.....................16
         4.4          Change of Law...........................................17
         4.5          Unavailability of Deposits or Inability to Ascertain 
                      the LIBOR Rate or Adjusted LIBOR Rate...................17
         4.6          Yield Protection, Etc...................................18
         4.7          Funding Indemnity.......................................19
         4.8          Discretion of Bank as to Manner of Funding..............19
         4.9          Interest Laws...........................................20
         4.10         Letter of Credit Fees...................................20

5.  LOANS:  GENERAL TERMS.....................................................21
         5.1          Payments to Bank........................................21
         5.2          Automatic Debit.........................................21
         5.3          Application of Payment..................................21
         5.4          Reserved................................................21
         5.5          Conditions Precedent Events.............................21
         5.6          Offset..................................................22
         5.7          Credit Termination Date; Continuance of Obligations, 
                      Etc.....................................................22
         5.8          Loan Evidence...........................................22

                                        i
<PAGE>
         5.9          Over-Advances...........................................22
         5.10         Unused Portion Fee......................................22
         5.11         Prepayment..............................................23
         5.12         Transaction Fee.........................................24

6.  LOANS:  CONDITIONS TO LENDING.............................................24
         6.1          Initial Loan Conditions Precedent.......................24

7.  COLLATERAL FOR TERM LOAN:  GENERAL TERMS..................................27
         7.1          Grant of Security Interest..............................27
         7.2          Perfection of Security Interests........................28
         7.3          Inspection of Collateral................................28
         7.4          First Lien and Location of Collateral...................28
         7.5          Constructive Trust......................................29
         7.6          Application of Proceeds of Collateral...................29
         7.7          Third Party Collateral Claims...........................29
         7.8          Additional Collateral...................................29
         7.9          No Custom or Waiver.....................................29

8.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; COVENANTS;
    INDEMNIFICATION; CONTINUING OBLIGATION....................................30
         8.1          Representations and Warranties of Borrower..............30
         8.2          Affirmative Covenants...................................35
         8.3          Negative Covenants......................................42
         8.4          Maintenance of Accounts.................................43

9.  DEFAULT...................................................................44
         9.1          Events of Default.......................................44
         9.2          Cumulative Remedies.....................................45
         9.3          Acceleration and Termination of Loans...................45
         9.4          Rights of Creditor......................................45
         9.5          Injunctive Relief.......................................45

10.  GENERAL..................................................................45
         10.1         Payment Application Date................................45
         10.2         Statement of Account....................................45
         10.3         Manner of Application; Waiver of Setoff Prohibition.....46
         10.4         Survival of Representations and Warranties..............46
         10.5         Integration; Amendment; Assignment; Participation.......46
         10.6         No Waiver...............................................47
         10.7         Severability............................................47
         10.8         Successors and Assigns..................................47
         10.9         Conflict with Other Agreements..........................47
         10.10        No Impairment by Termination............................47


                                       ii
<PAGE>
         10.11        Waivers.................................................48
         10.12        Costs, Fees and Expenses Related to Agreement and 
                      Other Agreements........................................48
         10.13        Environmental Indemnity.................................48
         10.14        Release.................................................48
         10.15        Governing Law...........................................49
         10.16        Notices.................................................49
         10.17        Forum; Bank; Venue; Jury Trial Waiver...................49
         10.18        Other Costs, Fees and Expenses..........................49
         10.19        Revival.................................................50
         10.20        Acknowledgments.........................................50
         10.21        Section Headings........................................50
         10.22        Counterparts............................................50
         10.23        Effectiveness...........................................50
         10.24        Joint and Several Liability.............................50


                                       iii
<PAGE>
                                 LOAN AGREEMENT

         THIS LOAN AGREEMENT  (this  "Agreement")  is made as of the 18th day of
June,  1997, by and among K-V  PHARMACEUTICAL  COMPANY,  a Delaware  corporation
("K-V"),  PARTICLE  DYNAMICS,  INC.,  a  New  York  corporation  ("PDI"),  ETHEX
CORPORATION,  a Missouri corporation ("ETHEX"),  jointly and severally (K-V, PDI
and ETHEX are sometimes  referred to herein  collectively as the "Borrowers" and
individually  as  "Borrower"),  and LASALLE  NATIONAL  BANK, a national  banking
association ("Bank").

                               W I T N E S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  K-V owns 100% of the issued and outstanding  capital stock of
PDI and 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of ETHEX;

         WHEREAS,  Borrowers  desire to borrow funds and obtain other  financial
accommodations  from Bank for (i) working  capital and (ii) to purchase  two (2)
real  estate  parcels  located at 10876 Metro Court and  10850-62  Metro  Court,
Maryland Heights, Missouri,  pursuant to which K-V will be jointly and severally
liable  for the total  amount of all  borrowings  hereunder  and each of PDI and
ETHEX  shall  be  liable  only to the  extent  of  their  applicable  use of the
borrowings hereunder;

         WHEREAS,  K-V directly markets and distributes  generic  pharmaceutical
products through Ethex, its wholly-owned subsidiary;

         WHEREAS,   K-V  develops  and  markets  specialty   pharmaceutical  raw
materials,  including directly  compressible and  microencapsulated  ingredients
used in pharmaceutical  processing  through its other  wholly-owned  subsidiary,
PDI;

         WHEREAS, K-V manufactures such pharmaceutical  products for itself, for
ETHEX and for PDI, and ETHEX and PDI purchase certain products from K-V;

         WHEREAS, K-V, PDI and Ethex each derive and shall all derive a material
benefit from their respective  relationships  with each other and from the funds
to be borrowed and the other financial accommodations from Bank to Borrowers;

         WHEREAS,  neither K-V, PDI nor Ethex could borrow the  necessary  funds
from the Bank on as favorable  terms as herein set forth without the benefits of
the co- obligations of the other entities; and

         WHEREAS, pursuant to Borrowers' request, Bank is willing to lend monies
to Borrowers under the terms and conditions set forth herein;


                                        1

<PAGE>
         NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants
and agreements set forth herein,  Borrowers  agree to borrow from Bank, and Bank
agrees  to lend to  Borrowers,  subject  to and upon  the  following  terms  and
conditions:

                            1. DEFINITIONS AND TERMS

         1.1 Certain  Definitions.  The following  words,  terms and/or  phrases
shall  have  the  meanings  set  forth  thereafter  and such  meanings  shall be
applicable  to the  singular  and  plural  form  thereof,  giving  effect to the
numerical difference.

                           "Adjusted  LIBOR  Rate"  shall  mean a rate per annum
         determined pursuant to the following formula:

         Adjusted LIBOR Rate =       LIBOR
                                                     100% - Reserve Percentage

                           "Affiliate"  means any  Person (a) that  directly  or
         indirectly,  through  one  or  more  intermediaries,   controls  or  is
         controlled  by, or is under common  control with any Borrower or one or
         more Affiliates, (b) that directly or beneficially owns or holds 10% or
         more of any equity  interest in any Borrower or one or more  Affiliates
         or (c) 10% or more of whose  voting  stock  (or in the case of a Person
         which is not a  corporation,  10% or more of any  equity  interest)  is
         owned directly or  beneficially  or held by any Borrower or one or more
         Affiliates.  For purposes of this  definition and this  Agreement,  the
         term "control" shall mean, directly or indirectly,  the power to direct
         or cause the  direction  of the  management  or  policies  of a Person,
         whether  through  ownership  interest or otherwise,  including  without
         limitation  the power to elect or appoint,  directly or  indirectly,  a
         majority  of the  members  of its  governing  board or body;  provided,
         however,  the  term  "Affiliate"  shall  not  include  ETHEX or PDI for
         purposes of this Agreement.

                           "Applicable   Lending   Office"  means  the  "Lending
         Office" of Bank (or an Affiliate  thereof)  designated on the signature
         pages hereof or such other office of Bank (or an Affiliate  thereof) as
         Bank may from time to time  specify to Borrowers as the office by which
         its Loans are to be made and maintained.

                           "Assignment of Rents" means those certain Assignments
         of Rents  and  Leases to be  delivered  subsequent  to the date  hereof
         between K-V and Bank for each of the Mortgaged Properties,  as the same
         may be amended, restated and modified from time to time.

                           "Authorized   Officer"   means  Victor  M.  Hermelin,
         Chairman of the Board of K-V, Marc S.  Hermelin,  Vice Chairman and CEO
 
                                        2

<PAGE>
         of K-V, Gerald R. Mitchell, Vice President,  Finance and CFO of K-V and
         Richard H. Chibnall, Corporate Controller of K-V.

                           "Base Rate" means the rate of interest  (expressed as
         a percentage per annum) most recently  announced or published  publicly
         from time to time by Bank as its prime lending rate of interest,  which
         is not  necessarily  the  lowest  or most  favorable  rate of  interest
         charged  by Bank on  commercial  loans  at any one  time.  The  rate of
         interest  shall change  automatically  and  immediately as and when the
         Base Rate shall change,  without notice to Borrower,  and any notice to
         which it may be entitled is hereby  waived,  and any such change in the
         Bank's  Base Rate shall not affect any of the terms and  conditions  of
         this Agreement, all of which shall remain in full force and effect.

                           "Base Rate Loan" shall mean a Loan  bearing  interest
         as specified in Paragraph 4.1(a).

                           "Borrowers'  Liabilities"  means all  obligations and
         liabilities  of each  Borrower  in the  aggregate  to Bank  (including,
         without  limitation,   all  debts,  claims  and  indebtedness)  whether
         primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise, heretofore,
         now and/or from time to time hereafter owing,  due or payable,  however
         evidenced,  created,  incurred,  acquired or owing and however arising,
         whether  under  this  Agreement  or the  Other  Agreements,  or by oral
         agreement or operation of law or otherwise.

                           "Business  Day" means (i) for all purposes other than
         as covered by clause (ii) below,  any day on which  commercial  banking
         institutions  are  open  for  the  transaction  of  commercial  banking
         business in Chicago, Illinois other than a Saturday or Sunday, and (ii)
         with respect to all notices and  determinations in connection with, and
         payments of principal and interest on, a LIBOR Loan, any day which is a
         Business  Day  described  in  clause  (i) and  which  is also a day for
         trading by and between banks in U.S.  dollar  deposits in the interbank
         eurodollar market.

                           "Capital  Expenditures"  means the cost of  acquiring
         any fixed assets,  or any  improvements,  replacements,  substitutions,
         accessions or additions thereto or therefor which have a useful life of
         more than one year, including without limitation, the cost of direct or
         indirect acquisitions of such assets by way of purchase,  capital lease
         or otherwise.

                           "Charges" means all national, federal, state, county,
         city,  municipal  and/or other  governmental  (or any  instrumentality,
         division,  agency,  body  or  department  thereof,  including,  without
         limitation,  the PBGC)  taxes,  levies,  assessments,  charges,  liens,

                                                         3

<PAGE>
         claims or encumbrances upon and/or relating to Borrowers'  Liabilities,
         Borrowers'  businesses,  Borrowers'  ownership and/or use of Borrowers'
         assets, income and/or gross receipts.

                           "Closing Date" means June 18, 1997.

                           "Code"  means the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as
         amended  from  time to time  and the  regulations  promulgated  and the
         rulings issued thereunder.

                           "Collateral"  shall have the meaning assigned to such
         term in Paragraph 7.1 hereof.

                           "Conversion  Date" means the  Business Day on which a
         Base Rate Loan is converted to a LIBOR Loan.

                           "Debt"   means   all  of  a   Person's   liabilities,
         obligations  and  indebtedness  to any Person of any and every kind and
         nature,  whether  primary,  secondary,   direct,  indirect,   absolute,
         contingent,  fixed or  otherwise,  heretofore,  now and/or from time to
         time  hereafter  owing,  due or payable,  however  evidenced,  created,
         incurred,  acquired or owing and however arising, whether under written
         or oral agreement, by operation of law or otherwise. Without in any way
         limiting the generality of the foregoing,  Debt  specifically  includes
         (i) Funded  Debt and (ii)  liabilities  in respect of  unfunded  vested
         benefits  under Plans and  Multiemployer  Plans  covered by Title IV of
         ERISA.

                           "Default  Rate"  shall have the  meaning  assigned to
         such term in Paragraph 4.1(d) hereof.

                           "Early Termination Date" means the date,  pursuant to
         Paragraph 9.3, upon which, whether by notice or by right hereunder, the
         Banks' obligation to extend credit hereunder is terminated.

                           "EBITDA" means,  with respect to any fiscal period of
         Borrowers,  Borrowers'  aggregate (a) net income for such period,  plus
         (b) the aggregate  amounts  deducted in determining  such net income in
         respect of (i) Interest Expense,  (ii) income taxes, (iii) depreciation
         and (iv) amortization minus (c) extraordinary gains, each determined on
         a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

                           "Environmental  Claim" means any notice of violation,
         claim, demand, abatement order or other order or direction (conditional
         or otherwise) by any Governmental Authority for any damage,  including,
         without  limitation,  personal injury (including  sickness,  disease or
         death),   tangible  or  intangible   property   damage,   contribution,

                                        4
<PAGE>
         indemnity,   indirect   or   consequential   damages,   damage  to  the
         environment,  nuisance, pollution, release of any Hazardous Material to
         the  environment,   contamination  or  other  adverse  effects  on  the
         environment, or for fines, penalties or restrictions, resulting from or
         based upon (i) the  occurrence  of a Release by any  Borrower  (whether
         sudden or non-sudden or accidental or  non-accidental)  of, or exposure
         to, any Hazardous  Material,  in, into or onto the  environment at, in,
         by, from, onto or related to any Facility,  (ii) the  generation,  use,
         handling,  transportation,  storage, treatment or disposal of Hazardous
         Materials  by any  Borrower in  connection  with the  operation  of any
         Facility,  or  (iii)  the  violation,  or  alleged  violation,  of  any
         Environmental  Laws or any Governmental  Authorizations by any Borrower
         relating to environmental matters in connection with the Facilities.

                           "Environmental   Indemnity   Agreement"   means  that
         certain  Environmental  Indemnity  Agreement between K-V and Bank to be
         delivered  subsequent  to the date hereof,  as the same may be amended,
         restated and modified from time to time.

                           "Environmental  Laws" means all applicable  statutes,
         ordinances,  orders,  rules,  regulations,  or  decrees  and  the  like
         relating to (i) fines, injunctions,  penalties, damages,  contribution,
         cost  recovery  compensation,  losses or  injuries  resulting  from the
         Release  or  threatened  Release  of  Hazardous  Materials,   (ii)  the
         generation,  use,  handling,  transportation,   storage,  treatment  or
         disposal  of  Hazardous  Materials  or (iii)  occupational  safety  and
         health,  industrial hygiene, land use or the protection of human, plant
         or animal  health or welfare  related to  Hazardous  Materials,  in any
         manner applicable to any Borrower or the Facilities, including, without
         limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
         Liability  Act (42 U.S.C.  ss.9601 et seq.),  the  Hazardous  Materials
         Transportation   Act  (49  U.S.C.   ss.1801  et  seq.),   the  Resource
         Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C.  ss.6901 et seq.), the Federal
         Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C.  ss.1251 et seq.), the Clean Air
         Act (42 U.S.C.  ss.7401 et seq.), the Toxic Substances  Control Act (15
         U.S.C.  ss.2601 et seq.),  the  Occupational  Safety and Health Act (29
         U.S.C.  ss.651  et  seq.)  and the  Emergency  Planning  and  Community
         Right-To-Know  Act (42  U.S.C.  ss.11001  et seq.),  each as amended or
         supplemented.

                           "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security
         Act of 1974,  as the same may be amended from time to time and,  unless
         the context otherwise requires, the regulations  promulgated thereunder
         and any successor statute.

                           "ERISA   Affiliate"  means  each  trade  or  business
         (whether or not  incorporated)  which  together with any Borrower or an
         Affiliate would be deemed to be a "single  employer" within the meaning

                                        5
<PAGE>
         of Section 4001(b) of ERISA or, where applicable, would be treated as a
         "single employer" under Section 412(c)(11) of the Code.

                           "ERISA  Termination  Event"  means (i) a  "Reportable
         Event"  described in Section  4043 of ERISA  (other than a  "Reportable
         Event"  not  subject to the 30-day  reporting  requirement  to the PBGC
         under applicable  regulations),  (ii) the withdrawal under Section 4063
         or Section 4064 of ERISA of any Borrower or any  Affiliate  from a Plan
         during a plan year in which it was a "substantial employer," as defined
         in Section  4001(a)(2)  of ERISA,  including a cessation of  operations
         that is treated  as a  withdrawal  by a  "substantial  employer"  under
         Section  4062(e)  of ERISA,  (iii) the  filing of a notice of intent to
         terminate a Plan or the treatment of a Plan  amendment as a termination
         under Section 4041 of ERISA,  (iv) the institution of proceedings under
         Section  4042 of ERISA to  terminate a Plan by the PBGC,  (v) any other
         event or condition which in the reasonable  judgment of any Borrower is
         likely  to  constitute  grounds  under  Section  4042 of ERISA  for the
         termination  of,  or the  appointment  of a  trustee  to or  any  ERISA
         administer,  any  Plan,  or (vi) the  partial  or  complete  withdrawal
         pursuant to Section  4203 or Section  4205 of ERISA of any  Borrower or
         any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan.

                           "ETHEX"   means   ETHEX   Corporation,   a   Missouri
         corporation and wholly-owned Subsidiary of K-V.

                           "Event of Default" shall have the meaning assigned to
         such term in Paragraph 9.1 hereof.

                           "Excess  Interest" shall have the meaning assigned to
         such term in Paragraph 4.9 hereof.

                           "Facilities"   means   any  and  all  real   property
         (including,  without limitation,  all buildings,  or other improvements
         located thereon) now, hereafter or heretofore,  owned, leased, operated
         or used by Borrower or any of its  respective  successors  and assigns,
         including, but not limited to, the Mortgaged Properties.

                           "Financials"    means    those    consolidated    and
         internally-prepared  consolidating  financial  statements  of Borrowers
         heretofore  or  concurrently  herewith  delivered  by or on  behalf  of
         Borrowers to Bank.

                           "Fixed  Rate"  means  the  rate  determined  two  (2)
         Business Days prior to the date of the execution and delivery by K-V of
         the Term Note, as set forth in the Term Note.

                                        6

<PAGE>
                           "Fixed Rate Loan" shall mean a Loan bearing  interest
         at the Fixed Rate,  as  described  in more detail in  Paragraph  4.1(b)
         below.

                           "Funded  Debt"  means,   without   duplication,   (i)
         indebtedness for borrowed money,  (ii) obligations  evidenced by bonds,
         debentures,  notes or other similar instruments,  (iii) the face amount
         of all letters of credit  issued for the account of any  Borrower  and,
         without duplication,  all drafts drawn thereunder,  (iv) obligations to
         pay  the  deferred   purchase  price  of  property  or  services,   (v)
         obligations  as lessee  under  leases  which have been or should be, in
         accordance  with GAAP,  recorded as capital  leases,  (vi)  obligations
         under  direct or indirect  guaranties  in respect  of, and  obligations
         (contingent  or  otherwise)  to  purchase  or  otherwise  acquire,   or
         otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness
         or obligations of other of the kinds referred to in clauses (i) through
         (v)  above,  (vii) all net  obligations  under any  interest  rate swap
         agreements,  any interest rate cap agreement,  any interest rate collar
         agreement or other  similar  agreement or  arrangement,  and (viii) all
         obligations  to pay a  specified  purchase  price for goods or services
         whether or not  delivered or accepted  (i.e.,  take-or-pay  and similar
         obligations).

                           "GAAP"  shall  mean  generally  accepted   accounting
         principles as in effect from time to time.

                           "Governmental  Authority" means any federal, state or
         local governmental authority, department, agency or court.

                           "Governmental   Authorization"   means  any   permit,
         license,  authorization,  plan,  directive,  consent  order or  consent
         decree of or from any Governmental Authority.

                           "Hazardous   Materials"   means  (i)  any   chemical,
         material  or  substance  defined as or included  in the  definition  of
         "hazardous  substances,"  "hazardous  wastes,"  "hazardous  materials,"
         "extremely hazardous waste," "restricted  hazardous waste," "infectious
         waste,"  "toxic  substances"  or any  other  formulations  intended  to
         define, list or classify substances by reason of deleterious properties
         such  as  ignitability,   corrosivity,   reactivity,   carcinogenicity,
         toxicity,  reproductive  toxicity,  "TCLP toxicity" or "EP toxicity" or
         words of similar  import  under any  applicable  Environmental  Laws or
         publications  promulgated pursuant thereto,  (ii) any oil, petroleum or
         petroleum derived substance, (iii) any drilling fluids, produced waters
         and  other  wastes  associated  with the  exploration,  development  or
         production of crude oil, natural gas or geothermal resources,  (iv) any
         flammable substances or explosives, (v) any radioactive materials, (vi)
         asbestos in any form  (which is or could  become  friable),  (vii) urea
         formaldehyde  foam  insulation,   (viii)  electrical   equipment  which
         contains   any  oil  or   dielectric   fluid   containing   levels   of

                                        7

<PAGE>
         polychlorinated  biphenyls in excess of fifty parts per  million,  (ix)
         pesticides or (x) any other chemical,  material or substance,  exposure
         to  which is  prohibited,  limited  or  regulated  by any  governmental
         authority  or which may or could pose a hazard to the health and safety
         of the owners, occupants or any Persons.

                           "Interest  Expense" means, for any period, the sum of
         all  interest in respect of Debt of  Borrowers  accrued or  capitalized
         during such period  (whether or not actually  paid during such period),
         determined on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

                           "Interest  Period"  means  with  respect to the LIBOR
         Loans,  the period used for the  computation of interest  commencing on
         the date the relevant LIBOR Loan is effected by conversion or continued
         and concluding on the date thirty (30),  sixty (60) or ninety (90) days
         thereafter,  at Borrowers' option,  with any subsequent Interest Period
         commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period
         and concluding  thirty (30), sixty (60) or ninety (90) days thereafter,
         at Borrowers' option;  provided,  however,  that no Interest Period for
         any LIBOR  Loan  made  under  the  Commitment  may  extend  beyond  the
         Revolving  Credit  Maturity Date or the Term Loan Maturity Date, as the
         case  may be.  Each  Interest  Period  for a  LIBOR  Loan  which  would
         otherwise  end on a day  which is not a  Business  Day shall end on the
         next succeeding  Business Day (unless such next succeeding Business Day
         is the first  Business  Day of a  calendar  month,  in which  case such
         Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day).

                           "K-V" means K-V  Pharmaceutical  Company,  a Delaware
         corporation.

                           "Leases"   means  (a)  that   certain   Metro   Court
         Office/Warehouse   Lease  Agreement  by  and  between  Public  Employee
         Retirement System of Nevada, as Landlord, and Designer Blinds of Omaha,
         Inc., as Tenant,  dated August 14, 1993 for approximately  9,117 square
         feet of space at 10850 Metro Court,  Maryland  Heights,  Missouri;  (b)
         that  certain  Metro  Court  Office/Warehouse  Lease  Agreement  by and
         between Metro Court Corporation,  as Landlord, and Custom Floor Centre,
         Inc., as Tenant,  dated March 18, 1994 for  approximately  4,800 square
         feet of space at 10854 Metro Court,  Maryland  Heights,  Missouri;  (c)
         that  certain  Metro  Court  Office/Warehouse  Lease  Agreement  by and
         between  Metro  Court  Corporation,  as  Landlord,  and  Clean  Harbors
         Environmental  Services,  Inc.,  as  Tenant,  dated  June 1,  1994  for
         approximately  11,762  square  feet of  space  at  10862  Metro  Court,
         Maryland   Heights,    Missouri;   (d)   that   certain   Metro   Court
         Office/Warehouse   Lease  Agreement  by  and  between  Public  Employee
         Retirement  System of Nevada,  as Landlord,  and  American  Remodeling,

                                        8

<PAGE>
         Inc.,  as Tenant,  dated July 1, 1991 for  approximately  10,493 square
         feet at 10858 Metro Court, Maryland Heights, Missouri.

                           "Letter of Credit" means a standby, commercial import
         or other letter of credit at any time issued by Bank for the account of
         any Borrower.

                           "Letter of Credit Maturity Date" means June 18, 2000.

                           "Letter  of  Credit   Termination   Date"  means  the
         earliest to occur of (i) the Letter of Credit Maturity Date or (ii) the
         Early Termination Date.

                           "Leverage  Ratio" means, as of any date, the ratio of
         (i) Liabilities to (ii) Tangible Net Worth.

                           "Liabilities"  means,  as of any date,  the aggregate
         amount of all  liabilities  of Borrowers,  determined on a consolidated
         basis and in accordance with GAAP.

                           "LIBOR"  means for each  Interest  Period the rate of
         interest per annum as determined by Bank (rounded upward, if necessary,
         to the nearest whole multiple of  one-sixteenth  of one percent (1/16th
         of 1%) or such other integral  multiple thereof at which interest rates
         for  LIBOR-based  loans  are  commonly  quoted  to  major  banks in the
         interbank eurodollar market) at which deposits of United States Dollars
         in immediately available and freely transferable funds would be offered
         at 11:00  a.m.,  Chicago  time,  three (3)  Business  Days prior to the
         commencement of such Interest Period by the principal  offshore funding
         office of Bank to major banks in the interbank  eurodollar  market upon
         request by such major banks for a period equal to such Interest  Period
         and in an amount equal to the principal  amount of the LIBOR Loan to be
         outstanding from Bank during such Interest Period.  Each  determination
         of  LIBOR  made by Bank in  accordance  with  this  paragraph  shall be
         conclusive  and  binding on  Borrowers  except in the case of  manifest
         error.

                           "LIBOR Loan" means all or a portion of a Loan bearing
         interest  with  respect  to the  Adjusted  LIBOR Rate as  specified  in
         Paragraph 4.1(c).

                           "LIBOR Margin" means two percent (2.00%).

                           "Lien" means,  with respect to any asset of Borrower,
         any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of
         any kind  (including  any agreement to give any of the  foregoing,  any
         conditional sale or other title retention  agreement,  any lease in the
         nature  thereof and the filing of or  agreement  to give any  financing
         statement   under  the  Uniform   Commercial  Code  in  effect  in  any
         jurisdiction).

                                        9

<PAGE>
                           "Loan" or  "Loans"  means  and  includes  Letters  of
         Credit issued and all Base Rate Loans, Fixed Rate Loans and LIBOR Loans
         made  hereunder,  unless  the  context in which such term is used shall
         otherwise require.

                           "Make Whole Amount"  shall have the meaning  assigned
         to such term in Paragraph 5.11 hereof.

                           "Maximum  Rate"  shall have the  meaning  assigned to
         such term in Paragraph 4.9 hereof.

                           "Mortgages"  means those  certain Deeds of Trust made
         by K-V in favor of Bank to be delivered  subsequent  to the date hereof
         for each of the  Mortgaged  Properties,  as the  same  may be  amended,
         restated or modified from time to time.

                           "Mortgaged Properties" means those certain parcels of
         real estate located at 10876-10888  Metro Court and  10850-10862  Metro
         Court, in the City of Maryland Heights, St. Louis County,  Missouri, in
         which  K-V has  granted  a first  priority  security  interest  to Bank
         pursuant to the Mortgage.

                           "Multiemployer  Plan" means a plan defined as such in
         Section  4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which  contributions  have been made by
         Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate.

                           "Net Worth"  means,  as of any date of  determination
         thereof, the total stockholders' equity of Borrowers, all as determined
         on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

                           "Notes" means the Revolving Note and the Term Note.

                           "Other Agreements" means all agreements,  instruments
         and  documents,  including,  without  limitation,  letters  of  credit,
         mortgages,  deeds of trust,  guaranties,  pledges,  powers of attorney,
         consents, assignments, contracts, notices, security agreements, leases,
         financing  statements  and all other  written  matter  heretofore,  now
         and/or  from  time to time  hereafter  executed  by and/or on behalf of
         Borrowers  and delivered to Bank  including,  without  limitation,  the
         Revolving  Note, the Term Note,  the Mortgage,  the Assignment of Rents
         and the Environmental Indemnity Agreement.

                           "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
         and any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

                           "PDI"  means  Particle  Dynamics,  Inc.,  a New  York
         corporation and wholly-owned Subsidiary of K-V.

                                       10

<PAGE>
                           "Permitted Debt" means (a) Debt incurred  pursuant to
         this Agreement or the Other  Agreements,  (b) Debt incurred pursuant to
         purchase money mortgages  (including,  without limitation,  capitalized
         lease obligations) not to exceed $750,000.00 at any time outstanding in
         the aggregate, (c) trade payables, accrued expenses and obligations not
         yet due and payable  incurred in the ordinary  course of business,  and
         (d) Subordinated Debt.

                           "Permitted   Investments"   shall  have  the  meaning
         assigned to such term in Paragraph 8.3(d) hereof.

                           "Permitted  Liens" shall have the meaning assigned to
         such term in Paragraph 8.3(a) hereof.

                           "Person"   means  and  includes  an   individual,   a
         partnership,  a  joint  venture,  a  corporation  (whether  or not  for
         profit),  a trust, an  unincorporated  organization,  any  Governmental
         Authority or any other entity or organization.

                           "Plan" means, at any time, any single-employer  plan,
         as  defined in Section  4001(a)(15)  and  subject to Title IV of ERISA,
         which is  maintained,  or at any time  during the five  calendar  years
         preceding  the time in question was  maintained,  for  employees of any
         Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate.

                           "Release" means any actual release,  spill, emission,
         leaking,  pumping, pouring,  injection,  escaping,  deposit,  disposal,
         discharge,  dumping, leaching, or migration of Hazardous Materials into
         the indoor or outdoor environment (including,  without limitation,  the
         abandonment  or disposal of any  barrels,  containers  or other  closed
         receptacles  containing  any  Hazardous  Materials  in violation of any
         Environmental Laws), or into or out of any Facility.

                           "Representative"  shall have the meaning  assigned to
         such term in Paragraph 2.3 hereof.

                           "Reserve   Percentage"  means,  for  the  purpose  of
         computing the Adjusted LIBOR Rate, the reserve  requirement  imposed by
         the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor)
         under Regulation D on Eurocurrency liabilities (as such term is defined
         in Regulation D) for the applicable Interest Period as of the first day
         of such Interest Period,  but subject to any amendments of such reserve
         requirement by such Board or its successor, and taking into account any
         transitional   adjustments   thereto  becoming  effective  during  such
         Interest Period. For purposes of this definition,  LIBOR Loans shall be
         deemed to be  Eurocurrency  liabilities  as  defined  in  Regulation  D
         without  benefit of or credit  for  prorations,  exemptions  or offsets
         under Regulation D.


                                       11
<PAGE>
                           "Revolving Credit  Commitment" shall have the meaning
         assigned to such term in Paragraph 2.1 hereof.

                           "Revolving Credit Maturity Date" means June 18, 2000.

                           "Revolving   Credit   Termination   Date"  means  the
         earliest to occur of (i) the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or (ii) the
         Early Termination Date.

                           "Revolving  Loan" means and  includes  all Loans made
         under the Revolving Credit Commitment, unless the context in which such
         term is used shall otherwise require.

                           "Revolving Note" means that certain Revolving Note of
         even date herewith in the original  aggregate  maximum principal amount
         of TWENTY MILLION  DOLLARS  ($20,000,000),  as the same may be amended,
         modified  or  supplemented  from time to time,  and  together  with any
         renewals thereof or exchanges or substitutes therefor.

                           "Subordinated Debt" means, as of any date, the amount
         of Debt  which  is  subordinated  in  right of  payment  to  Borrowers'
         Liabilities on terms satisfactory to Bank in each particular case.

                           "Subsidiary"  means any corporation of which a Person
         owns, directly or indirectly through one or more  intermediaries,  more
         than 50% of the voting stock at the time of determination.

                           "Tangible Net Worth" means as of any date,  Net Worth
         minus intangible assets (as defined in accordance with GAAP).

                           "Term  Loan   Commitment"   shall  have  the  meaning
         assigned to such term in Paragraph 2.2 hereof.

                           "Term Loan" means and  includes  all Loans made under
         the Term Loan Commitment, unless the context in which such term is used
         shall otherwise require.

                           "Term Loan Maturity  Date" means the earlier to occur
         of (i) ninety (90) days after Bank has indicated in writing to K-V that
         it is  unwilling  to  renew  the  Revolving  Credit  Commitment  at the
         maturity thereof,  (ii) ninety (90) days after Borrowers  refinance the
         Revolving Loans with any other Person, and (iii) June 18, 2002.

                           "Term Loan  Termination  Date" means the  earliest to
         occur of the (i) Term  Loan  Maturity  Date or (ii)  Early  Termination
         Date.

                                       12

<PAGE>
                           "Term  Note"  means  that  certain  Term  Note  to be
         delivered subsequent to the date hereof in accordance with the terms of
         this Agreement in the original  principal  amount of THREE MILLION FIVE
         HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS  ($3,500,000),  payable by K-V to Bank, as the
         same may be amended,  modified or  supplemented  from time to time, and
         together  with  any  renewals   thereof  or  exchanges  or  substitutes
         therefor.

                           "Transaction  Fee" shall have the meaning assigned to
         such term in Paragraph 5.12 below.

                           "Unused Portion Fee" shall have the meaning  assigned
         to such term in Paragraph 5.10 below.

         1.2 Certain UCC and Accounting  Terms.  Except as otherwise  defined in
this  Agreement or the Other  Agreements,  all words,  terms and/or phrases used
herein and therein shall be defined by the  applicable  definition  therefor (if
any) in the  Uniform  Commercial  Code as  adopted  by the  State  of  Illinois.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any accounting terms used in this Agreement which
are not specifically  defined herein shall have the meaning customarily given to
them in accordance  with GAAP.  All financing  computations  hereunder  shall be
computed, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, in accordance with GAAP
as consistently applied.

              2. LOANS: BANK'S COMMITMENTS AND BORROWING PROCEDURES

         2.1  Revolving  Credit  Commitment.  On the  terms and  subject  to the
conditions set forth in this  Agreement,  Bank agrees to make  revolving  credit
available and Letters of Credit  available to Borrowers  from time to time prior
to the Revolving Credit  Termination Date with respect to revolving credit loans
and the Letter of Credit  Termination  Date with respect to Letters of Credit in
such  aggregate  amounts as  Borrowers  may from time to time  request but in no
event exceeding  TWENTY MILLION  DOLLARS  ($20,000,000)  (the "Revolving  Credit
Commitment"). The Revolving Credit Commitment shall be available to Borrowers by
means of  Revolving  Loans and  Letters  of  Credit,  it being  understood  that
Revolving  Loans may be repaid  and used again  during the period  from the date
hereof to and including the Revolving Credit Termination Date, at which time the
Revolving Credit Commitment shall expire.

         2.2 Term Loan  Commitment.  On the terms and subject to the  conditions
set  forth in this  Agreement,  Bank  agrees to make the Term Loan to K-V in the
principal  amount of THREE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED  THOUSAND  DOLLARS  ($3,500,000)
(the "Term Loan  Commitment").  Amounts borrowed in respect of the Term Loan and
repaid may not be reborrowed. The Term Loan Commitment shall be used to purchase
the Mortgaged Properties and for no other purpose.


                                       13

<PAGE>
         2.3  Borrowing   Procedures  under  the  Revolving  Credit  Commitment.
Representative shall give Bank irrevocable  telephonic notice, written notice or
telecopied  notice by no later than 11:00  a.m.,  Chicago  time,  on the date it
requests Bank to make a Base Rate Loan hereunder. Representative shall give Bank
irrevocable  telephonic  notice  (which  notice  shall be promptly  confirmed in
writing) no later than 10:00 a.m.,  Chicago time,  three (3) Business Days prior
to the date that it  requests  Bank to make a LIBOR Loan  hereunder  or effect a
conversion  from a Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Loan,  including a  reborrowing  as
provided in  Paragraph  4.3 below.  Each such  notice  shall be  effective  upon
receipt  by Bank  and  shall  specify  the date of the  Loan  (which  shall be a
Business Day), the amount of such Loan,  whether the Loan is a Base Rate Loan or
LIBOR Loan and,  with respect to a LIBOR Loan,  the Interest  Period  applicable
thereto.  Representative  agrees  that Bank may rely on any notice  given by any
person it  reasonably  believes to be an  Authorized  Officer of  Representative
without the necessity of independent investigation. Each borrowing shall be on a
Business  Day.  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in this  Agreement  to the
contrary,  the Borrowers  hereby  appoint K-V (the  "Representative")  to act as
their sole and exclusive  representative  under this Agreement for all purposes,
including without limitation,  to receive funds advanced  hereunder,  to receive
notices and other  communications from the Bank hereunder,  to make requests for
advances of funds hereunder and to amend this Agreement. The Bank shall have (i)
no obligation to  communicate  with any Borrower  other than the  Representative
concerning  this  Agreement,  any  note  or any  matter  related  to  Borrowers'
Liabilities  and (ii) no  responsibility  with respect to the  allocation  among
Borrowers of the funds advanced hereunder.

         2.4 Letters of Credit.  (a) Subject to all of the terms and  conditions
of this Agreement,  if requested to do so by any Borrower, Bank shall issue its,
or cause to be  issued,  Letters of Credit  for the  account  of such  Borrower;
provided that the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit  outstanding at
any  time  shall  not  exceed  the  availability   under  the  Revolving  Credit
Commitment.  No  Letter  of Credit  may have an  expiration  date that is either
greater  than one (1) year from the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit or
later than the Letter of Credit  Termination  Date.  Any amounts paid by Bank in
connection  with any  Letter  of  Credit  (i) shall  become  part of  Borrowers'
Liabilities,  (ii) shall be paid from the proceeds of a Revolving Loan requested
pursuant  to  Paragraph  2.1 above,  to the extent  Bank is  required  to make a
Revolving  Loan  pursuant to the terms  hereof,  and (iii)  otherwise,  shall be
payable on demand.  In no event  shall Bank be  required to issue or cause to be
issued  Letters  of Credit at any time  there  exists an Event of  Default or an
event which with  passage of time or giving of notice or both would  mature into
an Event of Default.

                   (b) K-V and any  Subsidiary  for  whose  account  a Letter of
Credit is issued, jointly and severally,  agree to unconditionally,  irrevocably
and  absolutely  pay  immediately  to Bank the  amount  drawn  under a Letter of
Credit. If any Borrower at any time fails to make such payment,  Borrowers shall

                                       14

<PAGE>
be deemed to have elected to borrow from Bank on such date Revolving Loans equal
in aggregate amount to the amount paid by Bank under such Letter of Credit.

         2.5 Borrowing Procedures Under the Term Loan Commitment.  Provided that
all of the  conditions  precedent to making the Term Loan described in Paragraph
5.5 and 6.1(B) are satisfied,  K-V shall give Bank irrevocable telephonic notice
(which  notice shall  promptly be confined in writing) no later than 10:00 a.m.,
Chicago time,  two (2) Business Days prior to the date K-V requests Bank to make
the Term Loan  hereunder.  K-V agrees that Bank may rely on any notice  given by
any person Bank reasonably  believes to be an Authorized Officer of K-V, without
the necessity of independent investigation.

                        3. LOANS: NOTES EVIDENCING LOANS

         3.1  Revolving  Note.  The  Revolving  Loans  made  by Bank  under  the
Revolving   Credit   Commitment   shall  be  evidenced  by  the  Revolving  Note
substantially  in the form set forth in  Exhibit  3.1 dated the date  hereof (or
such other date prior thereto as shall be satisfactory to Bank),  payable to the
order  of Bank  in the  maximum  principal  amount  of  TWENTY  MILLION  DOLLARS
($20,000,000).  The unpaid  principal  amount of the  Revolving  Loan shall bear
interest and be due and payable as provided in this  Agreement and the Revolving
Note. Payments to be made by Borrowers under the Revolving Note shall be made at
the time, in the amounts and upon the terms set forth herein and therein.

         3.2  Term  Note.  The  Term  Loan  made by Bank  under  the  Term  Loan
Commitment  shall be  evidenced by the Term Note  substantially  in the form set
forth in Exhibit 3.2 dated the date hereof (or such other date subsequent hereto
as shall be satisfactory to Bank), payable to the order of Bank in the principal
amount of THREE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS  ($3,500,000).  The unpaid
principal  amount of the Term Loan shall bear interest and be due and payable as
provided in this  Agreement and the Term Note.  Payments to be made by K-V under
the Term Note shall be made at the time,  in the  amounts and upon the terms set
forth herein and therein.

         3.3  Recordation.  The type, date and amount of each Loan made by Bank,
the  interest  rate,  and the date and  amount of each  repayment  of  principal
received by Bank shall be recorded by Bank in its records.  The aggregate unpaid
principal  amount so  recorded  shall be prima facia  evidence of the  principal
amount owing and unpaid on the Revolving  Note and the Term Note. The failure to
so record any such amount or any error in so recording any such amount shall not
limit or otherwise  affect the  obligations of Borrowers  hereunder or under the
Revolving  Note and the Term  Note to repay  the  principal  amount of the Loans
together with all interest accrued thereon.

                                       15

<PAGE>
                      4. LOANS: AMOUNTS; INTEREST; BALANCES

         4.1       Applicable Borrowing Amounts; Interest Rates; Default Rate

                   (a)  Borrowers  hereby  promise to pay interest on the unpaid
principal  amount of each  Revolving  Loan at a rate per annum equal to the Base
Rate  from  time to  time in  effect  (the  "Base  Rate  Loan")  for the  period
commencing  on the date of such Loan until such Base Rate Loan is (A)  converted
to a LIBOR Loan pursuant to Paragraph 4.3 hereof,  or (B) paid in full.  Accrued
interest  on the  outstanding  principal  amount of Loans  shall be payable  (i)
monthly in arrears on the last Business Day of each  calendar  month in the case
of a Base Rate Loan,  (ii) on the last day of the applicable  Interest Period in
the case of a LIBOR Loan,  (iii) upon  conversion  of any Loan into a LIBOR Loan
(such amount of accrued  interest then coming due to be calculated  based on the
principal  amount of the Loan so converted)  and (iv) upon the Revolving  Credit
Termination  Date  (in the  case of a  Revolving  Loan),  which  payments  shall
commence  with the last  Business  Day of June,  1997 in the case of a Base Rate
Loan.  After the Revolving  Credit  Termination Date (in the case of a Revolving
Loan) or the Conversion  Date (with respect to accrued  interest coming due as a
result of the conversion),  as applicable,  accrued interest on such Loans shall
be payable on demand.

                   (b)  K-V  hereby  promises  to pay  interest  on  the  unpaid
principal  amount of the Term Loan at a rate per annum  equal to the Fixed  Rate
for the period commencing on the date of such Loan until such Fixed Rate Loan is
paid in full. Accrued interest and principal on the outstanding principal amount
of the Term Loan shall be payable monthly in arrears on the last Business Day of
each calendar  month which payments shall commence with the last Business Day of
the calendar  month in which such Loan is made,  with a final payment of accrued
and unpaid  interest  due on the Term Loan  Maturity  Date.  After the Term Loan
Maturity Date,  accrued  interest and principal on such Loan shall be payable on
demand.

                   (c)  Each  LIBOR  Loan  shall  be  in  a  minimum  amount  of
$1,000,000 or such greater amount which is an integral  multiple of $100,000 and
shall bear interest (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days
elapsed) on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date such LIBOR Loan is
effected by conversion or continued  until maturity  (whether by acceleration or
otherwise)  at a rate per annum  equal to the sum of the LIBOR  Margin  plus the
Adjusted  LIBOR Rate,  with such interest  payable in accordance  with Paragraph
4.1(a) above.

                   (d)  If an  Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
continuing hereunder,  the Loans shall bear interest from the date of such Event
of Default, payable on demand, at a rate per annum (the "Default Rate") equal to
the sum of two percent (2%) plus the applicable  interest rate from time to time
in effect (computed on the basis of a 360 day year and actual days elapsed).

                                       16

<PAGE>
         4.2  Computation  of Interest.  Interest on each Loan shall be computed
for the  actual  number of days  elapsed  on the basis of a  360-day  year.  The
interest rate applicable to each Base Rate Loan shall change simultaneously with
each change in such Base Rate.  Upon  conversion  of less than all the aggregate
principal amount of Base Rate Loans outstanding at any one time to a LIBOR Loan,
interest on the remaining  principal amount of Base Rate Loans shall continue to
bear interest at the Base Rate.

         4.3       Conversion and Reborrowing of Loans.

                   (a)  Provided  that no Event of Default has  occurred  and is
continuing, Base Rate Loans may, subject to Paragraphs 2.3 and 4.1(a) hereof, at
any time be converted  by any  Borrower to LIBOR Loans,  which LIBOR Loans shall
mature  and  become  due and  payable  on the  last day of the  Interest  Period
applicable  thereto.  Provided  that no Event of  Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing,  Borrower shall have the right,  subject to the terms and conditions
of this  Agreement,  to  reborrow  through a new LIBOR Loan in whole or in part,
subject to Paragraph  4.1(c),  any LIBOR Loan from any current  Interest  Period
into a subsequent Interest Period, provided that Borrower shall give Bank notice
of the reborrowing of any such LIBOR Loan as provided in Paragraph 2.3 hereof.

                   (b) In the event that (i) Representative fails to give notice
pursuant to Paragraph 2.3 hereof of the  reborrowing  of any LIBOR Loan or fails
to specify the Interest Period  applicable to such  reborrowing or (ii) an Event
of Default has occurred and is  continuing at the time any such LIBOR Loan is to
be reborrowed hereunder,  then such LIBOR Loan shall be automatically reborrowed
as a Base Rate Loan,  subject to Paragraphs  4.1(d) (in the case of subpart (ii)
of this Paragraph 4.3(b)) and 9.3 hereof if an Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing,  whichever is applicable,  unless the relevant LIBOR Loan is paid
in full on the last day of the then applicable Interest Period.

                   (c)   Notwithstanding   anything   contained  herein  to  the
contrary,  Borrowers may not have outstanding at any one time more than four (4)
LIBOR Loans.

         4.4  Change  of  Law.  Notwithstanding  any  other  provisions  of this
Agreement or the Notes,  if at any time Bank shall  determine in good faith that
any change in  applicable  law or regulation  or in the  interpretation  thereof
makes it unlawful or  impossible  for Bank to effect a conversion of a Base Rate
Loan into a LIBOR Loan or to  continue to  maintain  any LIBOR Loan,  Bank shall
promptly  give  notice  thereof  (together  with an  explanation  of the reasons
therefor) to  Borrowers,  and the  obligation of Bank to effect by conversion or
continue such LIBOR Loan under this  Agreement  shall  terminate  until it is no
longer  unlawful or impossible for Bank to effect by conversion or maintain such
LIBOR Loan.  Upon the receipt of such notice,  Borrowers may elect to either (i)

                                       17

<PAGE>
pay or prepay, as the case may be, the outstanding  principal amount of any such
LIBOR Loan,  together  with all interest  accrued  thereon and all other amounts
payable to Bank under this  Agreement,  or (ii) convert the principal  amount of
such affected LIBOR Loan to a Base Rate Loan available hereunder, subject to the
terms and conditions of this Agreement.

         4.5 Unavailability of Deposits or Inability to Ascertain the LIBOR Rate
or Adjusted LIBOR Rate. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or
the Notes to the contrary,  if prior to the  commencement of any Interest Period
Bank shall  determine in good faith (i) that deposits in the amount of any LIBOR
Loan  scheduled  to be  outstanding  are not  available  to Bank in the relevant
market  or (ii) by  reason  of  circumstances  affecting  the  relevant  market,
adequate and reasonable  means do not exist for  ascertaining  the LIBOR rate or
Adjusted LIBOR Rate,  then Bank shall promptly give notice thereof to Borrowers,
and the  obligation  of Bank to effect by  conversion or continue any such LIBOR
Loan in such amount and for such Interest  Period shall terminate until deposits
in such amount and for the Interest  Period  selected by Borrower shall again be
readily available in the relevant market and adequate and reasonable means exist
for ascertaining the LIBOR rate or Adjusted LIBOR Rate, as the case may be. Upon
the giving of such notice,  Borrowers may elect to either (i) pay or prepay,  as
the case may be,  the  outstanding  principal  amount  of any such  LIBOR  Loan,
together with all interest accrued thereon and all other amounts payable to Bank
under this Agreement or (ii) convert the principal amount of such affected LIBOR
Loan to a Base  Rate  Loan  available  hereunder,  subject  to all the terms and
conditions of this Agreement.

         4.6       Yield Protection, Etc.

                   (a)  Increased  Costs.  If (x)  Regulation  D of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve  System,  or (y) the adoption of any applicable
law, treaty, rule, regulation or guideline, or any change therein, or any change
in the interpretation or administration  thereof by any governmental  authority,
central  bank  or  comparable   agency  charged  with  the   interpretation   or
administration thereof, or compliance by any Bank or its lending branch with any
request  or  directive  (whether  or not  having  the  force of law) of any such
authority, central bank or comparable agency,

                           (i) shall  subject  Bank,  its lending  branch or any
         Loan to any tax, duty, change,  stamp tax, fee, deduction,  withholding
         or other charge in respect of this  Agreement,  any Loan,  the Notes or
         the  obligation  of Bank to make or maintain any Loan,  or shall change
         the  basis of  taxation  of  payments  to Bank of the  principal  of or
         interest on any Loan or any other  amounts due under this  Agreement in
         respect  of any Loan or its  obligation  to make or  maintain  any Loan
         (except  for  changes in the rate of tax on the  overall  net income of
         Bank  imposed  by the  federal,  state or local  jurisdiction  in which
         Bank's principal executive office or its lending branch is located);


                                       18

<PAGE>
                           (ii)  shall  impose,  modify or deem  applicable  any
         reserve  (including,  without  limitation,  any reserve  imposed by the
         Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve  System),  special deposit or
         similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account
         of, or credit extended by, Bank; or

                           (iii) shall  impose on Bank any penalty  with respect
         to the foregoing or any other condition  affecting this Agreement,  any
         Loan, the Notes or the obligation of Bank to make or maintain any Loan;

and the result of any of the  foregoing is to increase the cost to (or to impose
a cost on) Bank of making or  maintaining  any Loan,  or to reduce the amount of
any sum received or receivable  by Bank under this  Agreement or under the Notes
with respect  thereto,  then Bank shall notify Borrowers after it receives final
notice of any of the foregoing and, within  forty-five (45) days after demand by
Bank (which demand shall be accompanied  by a statement  setting forth the basis
of such demand), Borrowers shall pay directly to Bank for such additional amount
or amounts as will compensate Bank for such increased cost or such reduction.

                   (b) Capital Adequacy.  If, after the date hereof,  either (i)
the introduction of or any change in or change in the  interpretation of any law
or regulation or (ii)  compliance by Bank with any guideline or request from any
central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of
law)  affects or would  affect the amount of capital  required or expected to be
maintained by Bank or any corporation  controlling Bank and Bank determines that
the  amount of such  capital  is  increased  solely by or solely  based upon the
existence of Bank's  commitment to lend hereunder and other  commitments of this
type,  then, upon demand by Bank,  Borrower shall  immediately pay to Bank, from
time to time as specified by Bank,  additional  amounts sufficient to compensate
Bank in the light of such  circumstances,  to the  extent  that Bank  reasonably
determines  such  increase in capital to be allocable to the existence of Bank's
commitment to lend hereunder.

         4.7 Funding Indemnity.  In the event Bank shall incur any loss, cost or
expense (including, without limitation, any loss of profit and any loss, cost or
expense  incurred by reason of the liquidation or  re-employment  of deposits or
other funds acquired by Bank to fund or maintain any LIBOR Loan or the relending
or  reinvesting of such deposits or amounts paid or prepaid to Bank) as a result
of:

                   (a) any payment of a LIBOR Loan on a date other than the last
day of the then applicable Interest Period;

                   (b) any failure by any  Borrower to effect by  conversion  or
continue any LIBOR Loan on the date  specified  in the notice given  pursuant to
Paragraph 2.3 hereof;

                                       19
<PAGE>
                   (c) any  failure  by any  Borrower  to make  any  payment  of
principal or interest when due on any LIBOR Loan, whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise; or

                   (d) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

then,  upon the demand by Bank,  Borrowers shall pay to Bank such amount as will
reimburse  Bank for such loss,  cost or expense.  If Bank makes such a claim for
compensation  under  this  Paragraph  4.7,  Bank  shall  provide  to  Borrower a
certificate setting forth the amount of such loss, cost or expense in reasonable
detail.

         4.8  Discretion  of Bank as to Manner of Funding.  Notwithstanding  any
provision of this Agreement to the contrary other than Paragraph 4.7, Bank shall
be entitled to fund and  maintain its funding of all or any part of the Loans in
any manner it sees fit, it being understood,  however,  that for the purposes of
this  Agreement  all  determinations  hereunder  shall  be made  as if Bank  had
actually  funded and maintained  each LIBOR Loan during each Interest Period for
such LIBOR Loan through the purchase of deposits in the London  Interbank Market
having a maturity  corresponding to such Interest Period and bearing an interest
rate equal to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period.

         4.9  Interest  Laws.  Notwithstanding  any  provision  to the  contrary
contained in this  Agreement  or the Other  Agreements,  Borrowers  shall not be
required  to pay,  and Bank shall not be  permitted  to  collect,  any amount of
interest in excess of the maximum  amount of interest  permitted by law ("Excess
Interest").  If any Excess  Interest is provided for or determined by a court of
competent  jurisdiction to have been provided for in this Agreement or in any of
the Other  Agreements,  then in such event: (a) the provisions of this Paragraph
shall govern and control; (b) Borrowers shall not be obligated to pay any Excess
Interest;  (c) any Excess  Interest that Bank may have received  hereunder shall
be, at Bank's option, (i) applied as a credit against the outstanding  principal
balance of Borrowers'  Liabilities or accrued and unpaid interest (not to exceed
the maximum amount  permitted by law),  (ii) refunded to the payor  thereof,  or
(iii) any combination of the foregoing;  (d) the interest  rate(s)  provided for
herein shall be  automatically  reduced to the maximum  lawful rate allowed from
time to time under applicable law (the "Maximum  Rate"),  and this Agreement and
the Other  Agreements  shall be deemed  to have been and shall be  reformed  and
modified to reflect such reduction;  and (e) Borrowers shall not have any action
against  Bank for any damages  arising out of the payment or  collection  of any
Excess  Interest.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if for any  period  of time
interest on any Borrowers'  Liabilities is calculated at the Maximum Rate rather
than the applicable  rate under this  Agreement,  and thereafter such applicable
rate becomes less than the Maximum  Rate,  the rate of interest  payable on such
Borrowers'  Liabilities  shall  remain at the Maximum Rate until Bank shall have

                                       20

<PAGE>
received  the amount of  interest  which Bank would have  received  during  such
period on such Borrowers'  Liabilities had the rate of interest not been limited
to the Maximum Rate during such period.

         4.10 Letter of Credit Fees. As additional consideration for issuing, or
causing to be issued,  Letters of Credit for  Borrowers  at  Borrowers'  request
pursuant to Paragraph 2.4 hereof, Borrower agrees to pay fees in respect to each
Letter of Credit so  issued.  Said fees  shall be payable on the date which such
Letter of Credit is issued and (a) for  "standby"  Letters of Credit shall be in
an amount  equal to one percent  (1.0%) per annum of the amount of the Letter of
Credit multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in
the term of the applicable Letter of Credit and the denominator of which is 360,
payable quarterly in advance, and (b) for "trade" or other Letters of Credit, in
accordance  with Bank's  published fee schedule  then in effect.  In the event a
Letter of Credit is renewed or extended, a fee calculated in the manner provided
above  shall be  payable  for any such  renewal  or  extended  period.  Further,
Borrowers shall pay and/or  reimburse Bank for all fees and charges paid by Bank
on account of any Letter of Credit,  and  Borrowers  shall pay to Bank its usual
and  customary  charges in respect to the  issuance,  or renewal,  of Letters of
Credit.

                             5. LOANS: GENERAL TERMS

         5.1 Payments to Bank. That portion of Borrowers' Liabilities consisting
of: (a)  principal  payable  on  account of the Loans made by Bank to  Borrowers
pursuant to this Agreement shall be payable by Borrowers to Bank (i) as provided
in the Revolving Note or any Letter of Credit in respect of the Revolving  Loans
and (ii) as  provided  in the Term Note in respect of the Term Loan;  (b) costs,
fees and  expenses  payable  pursuant  to this  Agreement  shall be  payable  by
Borrowers  to Bank on demand  (except  the  Unused  Portion  Fee which  shall be
payable as described in Paragraph 5.10 below);  (c) interest payable pursuant to
this  Agreement  shall be payable by  Borrowers to Bank as provided in Paragraph
4.1; and (d) the balance of Borrowers' Liabilities,  if any, shall be payable by
Borrowers to Bank as and when provided in this Agreement.

         5.2  Automatic  Debit.  In order to cause timely  payment to be made to
Bank,  for the account of Bank, of all  Borrowers'  Liabilities as and when due,
Borrowers  hereby  authorize  and direct Bank,  at Bank's  option,  to debit the
amount  of such  Borrowers'  Liabilities  to any  ordinary  deposit  account  of
Borrowers  (including,  without limitation,  by increasing the principal balance
due under the Revolving Loan).

         5.3 Application of Payment.  Each Borrower shall, at the time of making
each  payment  under this  Agreement  or any Note  (whether by account  debit or
otherwise),  specify  to Bank the Loan or other  amounts  payable  by  Borrowers
hereunder to which such payment is to be applied (and in the event that it fails
to so specify,  or if an Event of Default has occurred and is  continuing,  Bank
may  distribute  such  payment  in such  manner  as  Bank  may  determine  to be
appropriate.

                                       21

<PAGE>
         5.4       Reserved.

         5.5 Conditions Precedent Events. Each Loan made by Bank to Borrowers at
the request of  Borrowers  pursuant to this  Agreement  or the Other  Agreements
shall in any event be subject to the following conditions  precedent:  (a) there
shall not then exist an Event of Default (as  hereinafter  defined) or any event
or  condition  which with  notice,  lapse of time and/or the making of such Loan
would constitute an Event of Default;  (b) the  representations,  warranties and
covenants of each Borrower contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct
as of the date of such Loan except for those made as of a  particular  date with
the same  effect as  though  made on such  date;  (c) all of the  covenants  and
agreements of each Borrower in this  Agreement,  and all of the  requirements of
this Agreement with respect to such Loan, shall have been complied with; and (d)
there shall not have occurred,  since the date of this  Agreement,  any material
adverse change in the financial condition,  results of operations or business of
any  Borrower.  Each  borrowing  by any  Borrower  hereunder  shall be  deemed a
representation and warranty by such Borrower that the foregoing  conditions have
been fulfilled as of the date of such  borrowing.  Bank shall have received upon
request a certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of such Borrower dated the
date of such requested Loan certifying  satisfaction of the conditions specified
in clauses (a)-(d) of this Paragraph 5.5.

         5.6 Offset.  Each  Borrower  agrees  that,  in addition to (and without
limitation  of) any right of set-off,  bankers'  lien or  counterclaim  Bank may
otherwise have, Bank shall be entitled,  at its option,  to offset balances held
by it for  account of such  Borrower  at any of its  offices,  in United  States
Dollars or in any other currency, against any principal of or interest on any of
its Loans, or any other amount payable to Bank hereunder, which is not paid when
due (regardless of whether such balances are then due to such Borrower).

         5.7 Credit  Termination  Date;  Continuance of  Obligations,  Etc. This
Agreement,  Bank's  obligation to loan monies to Borrowers,  and each Borrower's
ability to borrow monies from Bank shall be in effect until the Revolving Credit
Termination Date or Term Loan Termination  Date, as applicable.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing and until such date when Borrowers'  Liabilities  shall be paid in
full, each Borrower's obligations hereunder and under the Other Agreements shall
continue,  interest shall  continue to be paid in accordance  with the foregoing
and Bank shall retain all of its rights and remedies under this Agreement.

         5.8 Loan  Evidence.  Loans made by Bank to  Borrowers  pursuant to this
Agreement may or may not (at Bank's sole and absolute  discretion)  be evidenced
by notes or other  instruments  issued or made by Borrowers to Bank.  Where such
loans are not so evidenced, such loans shall be evidenced solely by entries upon
the ledgers,  books, records and/or computer records of Bank maintained for that

                                       22

<PAGE>



purpose, which entries shall be rebuttably presumptive evidence of such loans in
the absence of manifest error.

         5.9  Over-Advances.  If, at any time and for any reason,  the aggregate
amount  of  Borrowers'  Liabilities  outstanding  hereunder  in  respect  of the
Revolving  Loans exceeds the Revolving  Credit  Commitment (an  "Over-Advance"),
then  Borrowers  shall  immediately  pay to Bank,  in cash,  the  amount of such
Over-Advance.  If such Over-Advance  remains outstanding for more than three (3)
Business Days until such  Over-Advance  is so repaid to Bank, the amount of such
Over-Advance shall bear interest at the applicable Default Rate.

         5.10 Unused  Portion Fee. To compensate  Bank for the cost of reserving
funds to be made available to Borrowers  under this  Agreement,  Borrowers shall
pay to Bank, on the last day of each calendar  quarter an unused  revolving line
fee (the "Unused  Portion  Fee") equal to the sum of the daily  amounts by which
the  maximum  aggregate  principal  amount of the  Revolving  Credit  Commitment
exceeds the actual  principal  amount of  Revolving  Loans made  hereunder.  The
Unused Portion Fee is calculated  for each  applicable day of such quarter in an
amount  equal to the excess of the  maximum  aggregate  principal  amount of the
Revolving  Credit  Commitment  over  the  principal  amount  of all  outstanding
advances under the Revolving Loans on such day,  multiplied by one-eighth of one
percent  (1/8%) and divided by three hundred  sixty (360).  All fees and charges
imposed on Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement  including,  without limitation,
the  Unused  Portion  Fee  accrued  through  the date of  termination,  shall be
nonrefundable  to Borrowers,  notwithstanding  any prepayment and termination by
Borrowers of this Agreement.

         5.11 Prepayment.  (a) Term Loan Prepayment. K-V may, from time to time,
prepay  the Loan  evidenced  by the  Term  Note in whole or in part and the same
shall pay,  subject to Section 5.7  hereof,  the  Make-Whole  Amount (as defined
below)  plus a  prepayment  fee  equal  to (i) two  percent  (2%) of the  unpaid
principal  balance of the Term Loan prior to the first (1st)  anniversary of the
Closing Date, and (ii) one percent (1%) of the unpaid  principal  balance of the
Term Loan prior to the second (2nd)  anniversary of the Closing Date;  provided,
however,  that, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default,  such prepayment
fee shall not be due and payable upon prepayment under  circumstances where Bank
has been requested by Borrowers to renew the Revolving Credit  Commitment at the
expiration  or maturity  thereof and either (a) Bank has refused to do so or (b)
Bank has offered  such renewal upon terms  materially  different  and adverse to
Borrowers. For the purposes hereof, the "Make- Whole Amount" shall be the amount
calculated as follows:

                           (i) There shall first be  determined,  as of the date
fixed for prepayment (the "Prepayment  Date"),  the amount, if any, by which (A)
the Fixed  Rate  exceeds  (B) the yield to  maturity  percentage  for the United
States Treasury Note maturing June,  2002 (the "Treasury  Note") as published in


                                       23

<PAGE>
The Wall Street Journal on the fifth business day preceding the Prepayment  Date
plus Two Hundred and Twenty-Five basis points (2.25%) (the "Current Yield").  If
(A) publication of The Wall Street Journal is  discontinued,  or (B) publication
of the Treasury Note in The Wall Street  Journal is  discontinued,  Bank, in its
sole  discretion,  shall  designate  another  daily  financial  or  governmental
publication of national circulation to be used to determine the Current Yield;

                           (ii) The difference calculated pursuant to clause (i)
above shall be  multiplied by the  outstanding  principal  balance  hereof as of
Prepayment Date;

                           (iii) The product calculated  pursuant to clause (ii)
above shall be multiplied by the quotient,  rounded to the nearest one-hundredth
of one percent,  obtained by dividing (A) the number of days from and  including
the Prepayment Date to and including the Maturity Date, by (B) 365; and

                           (iv) The sum  calculated  pursuant  to  clause  (iii)
above shall be discounted at the annual rate of the Current Yield to the present
value thereof as of the Prepayment  Date, on the assumption  that said sum would
be received in equal monthly  installments  on each monthly  anniversary  of the
Prepayment Date prior to the Maturity Date,  with the final such  installment to
be deemed  received on the Maturity Date;  provided that Borrowers  shall not be
entitled in any event to a credit  against,  or a  reduction  of, the Debt being
prepaid if the Current Yield exceeds the Fixed Rate or for any other reason.

                   (b) Revolving  Loan  Prepayment.  The  Revolving  Loan may be
prepaid in full, and the Revolving Credit Commitment  extinguished,  if and only
if the Term  Loan has been paid in full in  accordance  with  Paragraph  5.11(a)
above.

         5.12 Transaction Fee. On or prior to the Closing Date,  Borrowers shall
pay an aggregate fee of $85,000, comprised of a fee of $50,000 in respect of the
Revolving Loan and $35,000 in respect of the Term Loan (the  "Transaction  Fee")
to Bank, of which $25,000 in respect of the Revolving  Loan has been  previously
paid by K-V.

                         6. LOANS: CONDITIONS TO LENDING

         6.1 Initial Loan Conditions Precedent.  In addition to those conditions
set  forth in  Paragraph  5.5 above  with  respect  to all  Loans  and  advances
hereunder,  prior to or contemporaneously with the making of the initial advance
of funds,  Bank's  obligation to make any Loan is subject to the satisfaction of
the following conditions precedent:

                   (a) Fees and  Expenses.  Borrowers  shall  have paid all fees
owed to Bank and reimbursed  Bank for all expenses due and payable  hereunder on
or before the date hereof  including,  but not limited to, counsel fees provided

                                       24

<PAGE>



for in Paragraph  10.12 hereof and the Transaction Fee provided for in Paragraph
5.12 hereof.

                   (b)  Documents.  (A) Bank shall have  received the  following
documents with respect to the closing of the Revolving Loan on the Closing Date,
in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to  Bank,  and  all of the  transactions
contemplated by each such document shall have been consummated or each condition
contemplated by each such document shall have been satisfied (with the exception
of  transactions  and conditions  associated  with the closing of the Term Loan,
which will close at a later date as provided in Subparagraph (B) below):

                           (i) Related  Documents.  Copies of this  Agreement as
         required  by Bank and one copy of the  Revolving  Note  payable to Bank
         conforming to the  requirements  hereof duly executed by each Borrower,
         as applicable.

                           (ii) Legal Opinion.  The Revolving Loan legal opinion
         of Borrowers' counsel.

                           (iii) Officer's  Certificate.  A certificate executed
         by an Authorized  Officer of each Borrower  stating that (A) no default
         or Event of Default has  occurred  and is  continuing,  (B) no material
         adverse change in the financial condition or operations of the business
         of  any  Borrower  has  occurred  since  December  31,  1996,  (C)  the
         representations,  warranties  and covenants of each Borrower  contained
         herein are true and correct,  and (D) each condition  precedent of each
         Borrower to the consummation of the Loans contemplated  hereby has been
         met or satisfied.

                           (iv)  Insurance  Policies.   Certificates  from  each
         Borrower's  insurance  carriers  evidencing that all insurance policies
         and coverage required by Paragraph 8.2(h) below is in effect.

                           (v) Certificate of  Incorporation  and Bylaws. A copy
         of each Borrower's  Articles or Certificate of  Incorporation,  and all
         amendments,  certified  by the  Secretary  of State  of the  applicable
         jurisdiction of incorporation  and a copy of each of Borrower's  Bylaws
         certified by an Authorized Officer.

                           (vi)  Good  Standing  Certificate.  A  Good  Standing
         Certificate  for each  Borrower  from the  applicable  jurisdiction  of
         incorporation  and each state in which each  Borrower is required to be
         qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation.

                           (vii)   Board   Resolutions.   Certified   copies  of
         resolutions of the Board of Directors of each Borrower  authorizing the
         execution  and  delivery of and the  consummation  of the  transactions
         

                                       25

<PAGE>
         contemplated  by this Agreement and the Other  Agreements and all other
         documents or  instruments  to be executed and delivered in  conjunction
         herewith and therewith on behalf of each Borrower.

                           (viii) Incumbency Certificates.  A certificate of the
         Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of each  Borrower  certifying  the
         names of the officer or officers of each  Borrower  authorized  to sign
         this  Agreement  and the Other  Agreements  on behalf of each  Borrower
         together with a sample of the true signature of each such officer.

                           (ix) Pay-Off  Letter.  Pay-off letter with respect to
         all Debt of Borrower  previously owed to Foothill  Capital  Corporation
         and a Form UCC-3 Termination Statement with respect to Liens granted in
         favor of such lender.

                           (x)  Lender's  Loss Payable  Endorsement.  A Lender's
         Loss Payable  Endorsement in favor of Bank for each insurance policy of
         each Borrower naming Bank as loss payee and additional insured.

                           (xi) Other  Documents.  Such other  documents as Bank
         may reasonably request.

                   (B) Bank shall have  received the  following  documents on or
before June 30, 1997 with  respect to the closing of the Term Loan,  in form and
substance satisfactory to Bank, and all of the transactions contemplated by each
such document shall have been consummated or each condition contemplated by each
such document shall have been satisfied:

                           (i)  Mortgages.  A Deed of Trust duly executed by K-V
         in favor of Bank for each Mortgaged Property.

                           (ii)  Assignment of Rents. An Assignment of Rents and
         Leases  duly  executed  by K-V in  favor  of Bank  for  each  Mortgaged
         Property.

                           (iii)   Environmental    Indemnity   Agreement.    An
         Environmental  Indemnity  Agreement  duly  executed  by K-V in favor of
         Bank.

                           (iv)  Collateral  Assignments  of Leases.  Collateral
         Assignments  of leasehold  interests  and leases from each lessee under
         the Lease of each Mortgaged Property;

                           (v)  Estoppel  Letters and Leases.  A fully  executed
         original copy by each lessor and lessee under the Leases of an estoppel
         letter,  and a true and correct copy of each Lease of Borrower  related
         to each Mortgaged Property.

                                       26

<PAGE>
                           (vi) Title Policy.  A loan policy for each  Mortgaged
         Property issued by a title insurance company  acceptable to Bank in the
         amount of  $3,500,000,  which  policies  shall be in form and substance
         acceptable to Bank.

                           (vii) Form UCC-1 and Form UCC-2 Financing  Statements
         for each Mortgaged  Property to be filed with the Secretary of State of
         Missouri and the Recorder of Deeds of St. Louis County, Missouri.

                           (viii)   Survey.   ALTA  Survey  for  each  Mortgaged
         Property in form and substance acceptable to Bank.

                           (ix) Appraisal and  Environmental  Report.  Appraisal
         and Phase I Environmental  Assessment covering each Mortgaged Property,
         satisfactory in each case to Bank.

                           (x) ALTA Statement.  An ALTA Statement  acceptable to
         Chicago Title Insurance Company ("Title Company") duly executed by K-V.

                           (xi)  Purchase  Contract.  Purchase  contract for the
         purchase of each of the Mortgaged Properties, together with evidence of
         transfer of each Mortgaged Property to K-V.

                           (xii) Environmental  Reports.  Environmental  Reports
         for each of the Mortgaged Properties.

                           (xiii) Gap-Personal  Undertaking.  A statement by K-V
         that, among other things,  it shall be liable to Title Company and Bank
         for any liens or other title defects placed on the Mortgaged Properties
         between the date of the title  commitment  issued by Title  Company and
         the date of the recording of the Mortgages.

                           (xiv) Officer's  Certificate.  A certificate executed
         by an Authorized Officer of K-V stating that (A) no default or Event of
         Default has occurred and is continuing,  (B) no material adverse change
         in the  financial  condition or  operations  of the business of K-V has
         occurred since December 31, 1996, (C) the  representations,  warranties
         and  covenants of K-V  contained  herein are true and correct,  and (D)
         each condition  precedent of K-V to the  consummation  of the Term Loan
         contemplated hereby has been met or satisfied.

                           (xv)  Good  Standing  Certificate.  A  Good  Standing
         Certificate  for K-V from the  Secretary  of State of Delaware and each
         state in which K-V is required to be qualified to transact  business as
         a foreign corporation.

                                       27

<PAGE>
                           (xiv) Other  Documents.  Such other documents as Bank
         may reasonably request.

                   7. COLLATERAL FOR TERM LOAN: GENERAL TERMS

         7.1  Grant of  Security  Interest.  To secure  the  prompt  payment  of
Borrowers'  Liabilities  in  respect of the Term Loan and the  prompt,  full and
faithful  performance  by K-V of all of the  provisions to be kept,  observed or
performed by K-V under the Term Loan, K-V does hereby pledge,  assign,  transfer
and deliver to Bank, for the benefit of Bank, and grant to Bank, for the benefit
of Bank,  a security  interest in and to and a first  mortgage on each parcel of
Mortgaged Property pursuant to the Mortgage and Assignment of Rents. (All of the
foregoing personal property and real property securing Borrowers' Liabilities in
respect  of the Term Loan  hereunder,  in  addition  to all  rents and  proceeds
thereof including,  without limitation,  proceeds of insurance policies insuring
the same, is  hereinafter  sometimes  individually  and  sometimes  collectively
referred  to as  "Collateral").  K-V shall  make  appropriate  entries  upon its
financial  statements and books and records  disclosing Bank's security interest
in the Collateral.

         7.2 Perfection of Security Interests.  K-V shall execute and/or deliver
to Bank, at any time and from time to time hereafter at the request of Bank, all
agreements,  instruments,  financing  statements,  documents  and other  written
matter  (sometimes  hereinafter  individually  and  collectively  referred to as
"Supplemental  Documentation")  that Bank  reasonably  may request,  in form and
substance  acceptable to Bank, to perfect and maintain perfected Bank's security
interest in the Collateral and to consummate the transactions contemplated in or
by this  Agreement  and the Other  Agreements.  After an Event of Default,  K-V,
irrevocably,  hereby  makes,  constitutes  and  appoints  Bank (and all  Persons
designated  by Bank for that  purpose)  as K-V's  true and lawful  attorney  and
agent-in-fact to sign the name of K-V on the Supplemental  Documentation  and to
deliver the  Supplemental  Documentation  to such Persons as Bank may reasonably
elect.  K-V agrees  that a carbon,  photographic  or  photostatic  copy or other
reproduction of this Agreement or of any financing statement shall be sufficient
as a financing statement.

         7.3 Inspection of Collateral.  Bank (by any of its officers,  employees
and/or  agents) shall have the right to inspect the  Collateral  and all related
records (and the premises upon which it is located) and to verify the amount and
condition of or any other matter relating to the  Collateral.  After an Event of
Default,  all costs,  fees and expenses  incurred by Bank, or for which Bank has
become obligated,  in connection with such inspection and/or  verification shall
constitute part of Borrowers'  Liabilities,  payable by each Borrower to Bank on
demand.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision  hereof,  the  provisions of this
Paragraph  7.3 shall  govern and  control  with  respect  to matters  concerning
inspection and verification of the Collateral.

                                       28
<PAGE>
         7.4 First Lien and Location of Collateral.  K-V warrants and represents
to and covenants  with Bank that:  (a) as of the Closing Date,  Bank's  security
interest in the Collateral is and at all times  hereafter shall be perfected and
have a first  priority;  (b) the offices  and/or  locations  where K-V keeps the
Collateral consisting of personal property, and the books and records concerning
the  Collateral,  consisting  of books and records with respect to both real and
personal property,  are at the locations  specified on Exhibit 7.4 and K-V shall
not remove such books and records and/or the Collateral  therefrom and shall not
keep any of such books and records  and/or the Collateral at any other office or
location  without  the prior  written  consent  of Bank;  and (c) the  addresses
specified on Exhibit 7.4 include and designate  K-V's executive  offices,  chief
place of business  and other  offices and places of business  and are K-V's sole
offices and places of businesses.  K-V, by written  notice  delivered to Bank at
least thirty (30) days prior thereto,  shall advise Bank of K-V's opening of any
new office or place of business or its closing of any  existing  office or place
of  business  and any new  office  or place of  business  shall  be  within  the
continental United States of America. There are no liens on the Collateral other
than the lien of Bank pursuant hereto.

         7.5  Constructive  Trust.  Borrowers  shall  receive,  as the  sole and
exclusive property of Bank, and as trustee for Bank, all monies,  checks, notes,
drafts and all other payment for and/or  proceeds of Collateral  which come into
the  possession  or under the  control  of  Borrowers  (or any of its  partners,
officers,  employees,  agents or those  Persons  acting for or in  concert  with
Borrowers) and immediately upon receipt thereof,  Borrowers shall remit the same
(or cause the same to be remitted),  in kind,  to Bank at the address  described
herein.

         7.6  Application of Proceeds of Collateral.  Bank, at any time or times
in its sole and absolute discretion, may take control of, in any manner, and may
endorse any Borrower's  name, as appropriate,  to any of the items of payment or
proceeds  described in Paragraph  7.5 above and,  pursuant to the  provisions of
this Agreement, Bank may, in its sole and absolute discretion, apply the same to
and on account of Borrowers'  Liabilities  in respect of the Term Loan.  For the
purposes  of  this  Paragraph,   each  Borrower,   irrevocably,   hereby  makes,
constitutes  and  appoints  Bank (and all  persons  designated  by Bank for that
purpose) as each  Borrower's  true and lawful  attorney and  agent-in-fact  with
power, without notice to any Borrower, to take any such actions.

         7.7 Third  Party  Collateral  Claims.  Bank,  in its sole and  absolute
discretion,  without  waiving or releasing  any Event of Default or  obligation,
liability, or duty of any Borrower under this Agreement or the Other Agreements,
may at any time or times  hereafter,  but shall be under no obligation  to, pay,
acquire and/or accept an assignment of any security interest, lien, encumbrance,
or claim asserted by any Person against the Collateral. All sums paid by Bank in
respect  thereof  and  all  costs,  fees  and  expenses,   including  reasonable

                                       29

<PAGE>
attorney's fees,  court costs,  expenses and other charges relating thereto that
are incurred by Bank on account thereof shall be part of Borrowers'  Liabilities
payable by Borrower to Bank on demand.

         7.8       Reserved.

         7.9 No Custom or Waiver.  No  authorization  given by Bank  pursuant to
this  Agreement  or the  Other  Agreements  to sell  any  specified  portion  of
Collateral or any items thereof,  and no waiver by Bank in connection  therewith
shall  establish a custom or constitute a waiver of the limitation  contained in
this Agreement against such sales, with respect to any portion of the Collateral
or any item thereof not covered by said authorization.

                  8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; COVENANTS;
                     INDEMNIFICATION; CONTINUING OBLIGATION

         8.1  Representations  and Warranties of Borrower.  Each Borrower hereby
represents  and  warrants  to Bank as of the date  hereof  and with  respect  to
subsections (a) through (d) and  subsections (f) through (y) below,  the date of
disbursement of each Loan or advance hereunder, as follows:

                   (a) Corporate  Existence and Authority.  Each of K-V, PDI and
ETHEX are  corporations  duly organized,  validly  existing and in good standing
under the laws of the State of Delaware,  New York and  Missouri,  respectively,
and each is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing under the laws
of each state in which the ownership of its properties and the nature and extent
of the activities  transacted by it makes such  qualification  necessary  except
where the failure to be so qualified  could not reasonably be expected to have a
material  adverse  effect on its  performance,  business,  assets,  liabilities,
operations,  properties, financial condition or prospects. Each Borrower has the
requisite  corporate  power and authority to conduct its activities as presently
conducted,  to own its  properties  and to perform  its  obligations  under this
Agreement.

                   (b) Authorization;  No Conflict. The execution,  delivery and
performance by each Borrower of this Agreement and the Other Agreements to which
each is a party are within  each  Borrower's  corporate  powers,  have been duly
authorized  by all  necessary  corporate  action and do not  contravene  (i) any
Borrower's Certificate or Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or (ii) any law or
any contractual  restriction  binding on or affecting each of K-V, PDI and ETHEX
or their respective properties,  and do not result in or require the creation of
any Lien (except as may be created under this Agreement or the Other Agreements)
upon or with respect to any of its properties.

                   (c) No Approval. No authorization or approval or other action
by, and no notice to or filing with,  any  governmental  authority or regulatory

                                       30

<PAGE>
body is  required  for the  due  execution,  delivery  and  performance  by each
Borrower of this  Agreement or any Other  Agreement to which each  Borrower is a
party.

                   (d) Validity and Binding  Nature.  This Agreement is, and the
Other Agreements to which each Borrower is a party when delivered hereunder will
be, legal, valid and binding  obligations of each Borrower,  enforceable against
each  Borrower  in  accordance  with  their  respective  terms,  except  as such
enforcement is limited by bankruptcy,  insolvency,  rehabilitation or moratorium
laws or general principles of equity.

                   (e) Financial  Statements  and  Condition.  The balance sheet
(including  the notes  thereto) of K-V and its  Subsidiaries  on a  consolidated
basis as at March  31,  1997,  and the  related  statements  of  operations  and
stockholders'  equity and  statements of cash flows of K-V and its  consolidated
Subsidiaries  for the fiscal year then ended,  have been audited by BDO Seidman,
LLP and are complete and correct,  in accordance  with GAAP,  and fairly present
the financial  condition of K-V and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated  basis as
at such date and the results of the  operations of Borrower for the period ended
on such date and since March 31, 1997, there has been no material adverse change
in any Borrower's financial condition,  business,  properties or operations. The
interim balance sheet (including the notes thereto) of K- V and its Subsidiaries
on a  consolidated  basis as at April 30, 1997,  and the related  statements  of
operations and stockholders'  equity and statements of cash flows for the period
then ended, are complete and correct and fairly present the financial  condition
of K-V and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated  basis at such date, in accordance
with GAAP (subject to normal year-end audit  adjustments and except as specified
in the notes thereto).  No Borrower has on the date hereof, nor will have on the
date of any Loan or advance  made by Bank  hereunder,  any  material  contingent
obligations,  long-term  leases or material  forward or  long-term  commitments,
which are required to be reflected in the foregoing  statements (and the related
notes thereto) and are not so reflected.

                   (f) Litigation. There is no pending or, to the best knowledge
of each Borrower, threatened action, suit, inquiry, investigation, or proceeding
affecting,  directly or indirectly,  any Borrower before any court, governmental
agency or arbitrator, which, in any case, (i) is reasonably likely to materially
and adversely affect the financial condition or operations of any Borrower, (ii)
seeks to  restrain  or would  otherwise  have a material  adverse  effect on the
transactions  contemplated  herein,  or  (iii)  would  affect  the  validity  or
enforceability of this Agreement or the Other Agreements.

                   (g)  Securities  Transaction.  No  proceeds  of any  Loan  or
advance  made by Bank to any  Borrower  hereunder  will be used to  acquire  any
security  in  any  transaction  which  is  subject  to  Section  13 or 14 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

                                       31

<PAGE>
                   (h)  Regulation  U. No Borrower is engaged in the business of
extending  credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within
the  meaning of  Regulation  U issued by the Board of  Governors  of the Federal
Reserve  System),  and no  proceeds  of any Loan or advance  made by Bank to any
Borrower  hereunder  will be used to  purchase  or carry any margin  stock or to
extend  credit to others for the purpose of  purchasing  or carrying  any margin
stock.

                   (i) ERISA Termination Event and Funding. No ERISA Termination
Event  has  occurred  with  respect  to any Plan and all  Plans,  to the  extent
governed by ERISA, meet the minimum funding standards of Section 302 of ERISA.

                   (j) Withdrawal  Liability and Reportable  Events. No Borrower
or any ERISA  Affiliate  has  incurred,  or  expects  to incur,  any  withdrawal
liability under Section 4201 of ERISA to any  Multiemployer  Plan. No Reportable
Event (as  defined in ERISA  Section  4043,  other than a  Reportable  Event not
subject  to the  30-day  reporting  requirement  to the  PBGC  under  applicable
regulations) has occurred with respect to any Plan.

                   (k) Taxes.  Each Borrower has filed all tax returns (Federal,
state and local)  required  to be filed and paid all taxes  shown  thereon to be
due, including interest and penalties,  other than such taxes that a Borrower is
contesting in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings and as to which proper
reserves therefor have been established on the books of each Borrower.

                   (l) Liens.  There are no Liens upon or with respect to any of
the  properties  of any  Borrower  or the  Collateral  or any  right to  receive
revenues of any Borrower or the Collateral other than Permitted Liens.

                   (m)  Conflicts.  No Borrower or any  Subsidiary  thereof is a
party to any indenture, loan or credit agreement or any lease or other agreement
or instrument  (including corporate charters) which is likely to have a material
adverse effect on the ability of any Borrower to perform its  obligations  under
this  Agreement  or the Other  Agreements  or which would  restrict or otherwise
limit the  incurring of the Debt  represented  by this  Agreement  and the Other
Agreements.

                   (n)  Environmental  Matters.  Except as  disclosed on Exhibit
8.1(n) hereto,

                           (i)  the   operations   of  each  Borrower  and  each
         Subsidiary,   (including,   without  limitation,   all  operations  and
         conditions at or in the Facilities) and the Mortgaged Properties comply
         with all Environmental Laws;

                                       32

<PAGE>
                           (ii) Each Borrower and each  Subsidiary have obtained
         or have  timely  applied  for  all  Governmental  Authorizations  under
         Environmental  Laws necessary to their respective  operations,  if any,
         and all such  Governmental  Authorizations as have been obtained are in
         good standing,  and each Borrower and each  Subsidiary is in compliance
         with all terms and conditions of such Governmental Authorizations;

                           (iii) No Borrower  nor any  Subsidiary  has  received
         from any Person (A) any notice or claim to the effect that it is or may
         be  liable  to any  Person as a result  of the  Release  or  threatened
         Release of any  Hazardous  Materials  or (B) any letter or request  for
         information  under  Section  104  of  the  Comprehensive  Environmental
         Response,  Compensation,  and  Liability  Act (42  U.S.C.  ss.9604)  or
         comparable  state laws,  and none of the  operations of any Borrower or
         any  Subsidiary  is the subject of any  federal or state  investigation
         evaluating  whether  any  remedial  action is needed  to  respond  to a
         Release  or  threatened  Release  of  any  Hazardous  Materials  at any
         Facility, the Mortgaged Properties or at any other location;

                           (iv) no operations of any Borrower or any  Subsidiary
         are  subject  to  any   investigation  or  judicial  or  administrative
         proceeding   alleging  the   violation   of  or  liability   under  any
         Environmental Laws;

                           (v) no Borrower  nor any  Subsidiary  or any of their
         respective  Facilities or operations  or the Mortgaged  Properties  are
         subject  to  any  outstanding  written  order  or  agreement  with  any
         governmental   authority   or  private   party   relating  to  (a)  any
         Environmental Laws or (b) any Environmental Claims;

                           (vi)  no  Borrower   nor  any   Subsidiary   has  any
         contingent  liability  in  connection  with any  Release or  threatened
         Release of any Hazardous Materials;

                           (vii) no Borrower nor any  Subsidiary or any of their
         respective  predecessors  has filed any notice under any  Environmental
         Law indicating past or present treatment,  storage, disposal or Release
         of  Hazardous  Materials at any  Facility or the  Mortgaged  Properties
         except in accordance with Environmental Laws, and no Borrower's nor any
         Subsidiary's   operations   involve  the  generation,   transportation,
         treatment,  storage or disposal of hazardous waste, as defined under 40
         C.F.R. Parts 260-270 or any state equivalent;

                           (viii) no  Hazardous  Material  exists  on,  under or
         about any  Facility  or the  Mortgaged  Properties  in a manner that is
         reasonably  likely to give rise to an  Environmental  Claim no Borrower

                                       33

<PAGE>



         nor any  Subsidiary  has filed any notice or report of a Release of any
         Hazardous  Materials  that is  reasonably  likely  to  give  rise to an
         Environmental Claim;

                           (ix) no Borrower nor any  Subsidiary  or any of their
         respective  predecessors  has disposed of any Hazardous  Materials in a
         manner  that is  reasonably  likely  to give  rise to an  Environmental
         Claim;

                           (x)  no   underground   storage   tanks  or   surface
         impoundments are on or at any Facility or the Mortgaged Properties; and

                           (xi) no  lien  in  favor  of any  Person  for (a) any
         liability under any  Environmental  Laws or (b) damages arising from or
         costs  incurred by such  Person in response to a Release or  threatened
         Release  has been filed or has been  attached  to any  Facility  or the
         Mortgaged Properties.

                   (o) Investment Company Act. No Borrower nor any Subsidiary is
an "investment  company" or a company  "controlled  by an "investment  company,"
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

                   (p) Compliance with Laws. Each Borrower is in compliance with
all laws, orders,  regulations and ordinances of all federal, foreign, state and
local governmental authorities binding upon or affecting the business, operation
or  assets  of each  Borrower  including,  without  limitation,  zoning or other
ordinances relating to permissive  non-conforming uses of property, except where
the  failure to be in  compliance  could not  reasonably  be  expected to have a
material  adverse effect on the business,  financial  condition or operations of
each Borrower.

                   (q)  Other  Agreements.  Each  Borrower  makes  each  of  the
representations  and warranties of Borrower contained in the Other Agreements to
which each Borrower is a party  operative and applicable for the benefit of Bank
as if the same were set forth at length herein.

                   (r)  Subsidiaries.  Except as disclosed on Exhibit 8.1(r), no
Borrower has any Subsidiaries.

                   (s) Labor. Except as disclosed on Exhibit 8.1(s), none of the
employees of any Borrower is subject to any collective bargaining agreement, and
there are no strikes, work stoppages,  election or decertification  petitions or
proceedings pending or, to any Borrower's  knowledge,  threatened  involving any
Borrower and any of its employees and no Borrower has received  notice of unfair
labor  charges,  equal  employment  opportunity  proceedings,  wage  payment  or
material unemployment compensation proceedings,  material workmen's compensation
proceedings or other material labor or employee-related controversies pending or
threatened  involving any Borrower and any of its  employees,  except for any of

                                       34

<PAGE>
of foregoing which would not in the aggregate have a material  adverse effect on
the financial condition, results of operations or business of any Borrower.

                   (t) Solvency.  Each Borrower has capital  sufficient to carry
on its business and transactions and all businesses and transactions in which it
is about to engage and is solvent and able to pay its debts as they mature,  and
each Borrower owns property the fair saleable value of which is greater than the
amount  required to pay each  Borrower's  Debt. No transfer of property is being
made  and no  Debt  is  being  incurred  in  connection  with  the  transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement  with the  intent to  hinder,  delay or defraud
either present or future creditors of any Borrower or any Affiliate.

                   (u) Title.  Each Borrower has good and merchantable  title to
and  ownership  of its  assets,  free and clear of all Liens,  claims,  security
interests and other encumbrances except for Permitted Liens.

                   (v) Credit  Agreements.  Exhibit  8.1(v) hereto is a complete
and correct list, as of the date of this  Agreement,  of each credit  agreement,
loan  agreement,  indenture,  guarantee or other  arrangement  providing  for or
otherwise relating to any Debt or any extension of credit (or commitment for any
extension  of credit)  to, or  guarantee  by,  each  Borrower  (other  than this
Agreement) in each case involving, in the aggregate, more than $250,000, and the
aggregate  principal or face amount  outstanding or which may become outstanding
under each such arrangement is correctly described in such exhibit.

                   (w) Debt. As of the date of this  Agreement,  no Borrower has
any Debt  except for the  Permitted  Debt or Debt  otherwise  permitted  by this
Agreement.

                   (x) Insurance.  Each Borrower is adequately insured under its
policies of insurance  currently in effect,  no notice of cancellation  has been
received  with  respect  to such  policies  and  each  Borrower  is in  material
compliance with all conditions contained in such policies.

                   (y)  Accuracy  of   Information.   All  factual   information
heretofore  or  contemporaneously  furnished by or on behalf of each Borrower to
Bank for purposes of or in  connection  with this  Agreement or any  transaction
contemplated hereby (excluding  projections  referred to below in this Paragraph
and factual information superseded or replaced prior to the date hereof) is, and
all other factual  information  (taken as a whole) hereafter  furnished by or on
behalf of each  Borrower  to Bank will be true and  accurate  in every  material
respect on the date as of which such  information is dated or certified,  and no
Borrower  has omitted and nor will omit any material  fact  necessary to prevent
such information from being false or misleading.

                                       35

<PAGE>
         8.2 Affirmative Covenants.  At all times prior to the later of the Term
Loan Termination  Date or the Revolving  Credit  Termination Date and thereafter
for so long as any amounts  are due or owing to Bank  hereunder,  each  Borrower
hereby covenants that it will, unless Bank otherwise consents in writing:

                   (a)  Existence,  Etc.  Do or  cause  to be  done  all  things
necessary to preserve and maintain each Borrower's  corporate  existence in good
standing.

                   (b)  Compliance  with Laws,  Etc.  Comply with all applicable
present and future laws,  rules,  ordinances,  regulations and orders including,
without limitation,  laws, rules,  ordinances,  regulations and orders regarding
the operation and maintenance of each Borrower's business.

                   (c) Payment of Taxes and Other  Claims.  Pay or  discharge or
cause to be paid or  discharged,  before the same shall become  delinquent,  all
material Charges levied or imposed upon any Borrower or upon the income, profits
or property of any Borrower,  provided,  however,  that  Borrowers  shall not be
required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or  discharged  any such Charge
or claim whose  amount,  applicability  or validity is being  contested  in good
faith by  appropriate  proceedings  to the extent  adequate  reserves  have been
established on the books of Borrowers.

                   (d) Reporting  Requirements.  Maintain a system of accounting
in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and shall furnish to Bank:

                           (i) as soon as possible  and in any event  within ten
         (10) days  after the  occurrence  of an Event of  Default  or any event
         which,  with the  giving  of  notice,  lapse of  time,  or both,  would
         constitute an Event of Default,  the statement of an Authorized Officer
         setting  forth details of such Event of Default or event and the action
         which Borrowers have taken or propose to take to cure the same;

                           (ii) as soon as  available,  copies  of the  periodic
         Form 10-Q quarterly report or comparable  successor report filed by K-V
         with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission or any successor  agency;
         provided,  that if such report is not made available within  forty-five
         (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarterly accounting
         periods in each fiscal year of K-V  beginning  with the quarter  ending
         June   30,   1997,   K-V   shall   immediately   deliver   to  Bank  an
         internally-prepared  balance  sheet  of K-V and its  Subsidiaries  on a
         consolidated  basis  as at the end of  such  quarter  and  the  related
         statements  of operations  and  statements of cash flows of K-V and its
         Subsidiaries  on a  consolidated  basis  for such  quarter  and for the
         portion of the fiscal  year ended at the end of such  quarter,  setting
         forth  in  each  case  in   comparative   form  the   figures  for  the
         corresponding  quarter and the  corresponding  portion of the  previous
         fiscal year, all  in reasonable detail and certified (subject to normal

                                       36

<PAGE>
         year-end  adjustments)  as to fairness of  presentation,  in accordance
         with GAAP (other than footnotes  thereto),  by an Authorized Officer or
         Controller (if such Controller is a corporate officer) of K-V;

                           (iii) as soon as  available,  copies of the Form 10-K
         Annual  Report or  comparable  successor  report  filed by K-V with the
         Securities and Exchange  Commission or any successor agency;  provided,
         that if such report is not made available within ninety (90) days after
         the close of each fiscal year of K-V, K-V shall immediately  deliver to
         Bank a  balance  sheet  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of
         operations  and  stockholders'  equity and  statements of cash flows of
         Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated  basis as of the end of
         such  fiscal  year,  fairly and  accurately  presenting  the  financial
         condition of K-V and its  Subsidiaries  on a  consolidated  basis as at
         such  date  and  the  results  of   operations   of  Borrower  and  its
         Subsidiaries  for such fiscal  year and  setting  forth in each case in
         comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding period
         of the preceding  fiscal year,  all in reasonable  detail,  prepared in
         accordance with GAAP consistently  applied, and audited by BDO Seidman,
         LLP or such other independent  certified public accountants  acceptable
         to Bank (the "Accountants");

                           (iv)  Together  with  each  delivery  of  the  Annual
         Reports or financial  statements  required by subsection (v) above, K-V
         shall deliver to Bank a certificate  executed by the President or Chief
         Financial  Officer  of each  Borrower  stating  whether  any  Event  of
         Default,  or event which,  with the passage of time or giving of notice
         or both,  would  constitute such an Event of Default,  currently exists
         and is continuing and what activities,  if any, Borrowers are taking or
         proposing to take with respect thereto;

                           (v)  concurrently  with the  delivery  of the reports
         and/or  financial  statements  referred to in  Sub-paragraphs  (ii) and
         (iii), a compliance certificate duly completed and executed by both the
         Chairman of the Board or President and the Chief  Financial  Officer of
         each  Borrower (a) stating that Borrower has observed and performed all
         of its covenants and other  agreements and satisfied  every  condition,
         contained in this Agreement,  the Term Note, the Revolving Note and all
         Other Agreements to which Borrower is a party to be observed, performed
         or  satisfied by it and that such officer has no knowledge of any Event
         of Default except as specified in such  certificate,  (b) stating that,
         to the best of such officer's knowledge,  all such financial statements
         are  complete  and correct in all  respects  and have been  prepared in
         accordance  with  GAAP  consistently  applied  throughout  the  periods
         reflected therein,  and (c) showing calculations of compliance with the
         financial covenants set forth in Paragraph 8.2(g) below;

                                       37

<PAGE>
                           (vi) promptly upon receipt and, in any event,  within
         fifteen  (15) days  after  receipt  thereof,  copies  of all  auditors'
         letters to management and management's  response thereto  pertaining to
         the  balance  sheet and  related  financial  statements  of K-V and its
         Subsidiaries;

                           (vii)  (A) as soon as  possible  and in any event (i)
         within thirty (30) days after any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate knows
         or has reason to know that any ERISA  Termination  Event  described  in
         clause (i) of the definition of ERISA Termination Event with respect to
         any Plan has  occurred and (ii) within ten (10) days after any Borrower
         or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that any other ERISA
         Termination Event with respect to any Plan has occurred, a statement of
         the Chief Financial  Officer (or designee) of such Borrower  describing
         such ERISA Termination Event and the action, if any, which Borrower, or
         any such ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto;

                                    (B) promptly and in any event within fifteen
         (15) Business  Days after receipt  thereof by any Borrower or any ERISA
         Affiliate from the PBGC,  copies of each notice  received of the PBGC's
         intention  to  terminate  any Plan or to have a  trustee  appointed  to
         administer any Plan; and

                                    (C) promptly and in any event within fifteen
         (15) Business  Days after receipt  thereof by any Borrower or any ERISA
         Affiliate  from a  Multiemployer  Plan  sponsor,  a copy of each notice
         received  concerning the  imposition or amount of withdrawal  liability
         which has been assessed pursuant to Section 4202 of ERISA;

                           (viii) within fifteen (15) Business Days after notice
         to any Borrower of the commencement thereof, notice, in writing, of any
         action, suit, arbitration or other proceeding instituted,  commenced or
         threatened  against  or  affecting  any  Borrower  with  an  amount  in
         controversy in excess of $750,000;

                           (ix) at  Bank's  request,  each  Borrower's  federal,
         state and local tax returns as soon as said  returns are  completed  in
         the form said returns will be filed with the Internal  Revenue  Service
         and any state or local department of revenue or taxing authority;

                           (x) promptly upon their becoming available, copies of
         (A) all registration  statements and regular periodic reports which K-V
         shall have filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission (or any
         governmental  agency substituted  therefor) or any national  securities
         exchange and (B) all financial statements, reports and proxy statements
         so mailed; and

                                       38

<PAGE>
                           (xi) such other information  respecting the condition
         or operations, financial or otherwise, of any Borrower or any Affiliate
         as Bank may from time to time reasonably request.

                   (e) Visitation Rights. At least once annually, at any time or
times during the regular business hours of Borrowers,  permit Bank or any agents
or representatives  thereof to perform a field audit with respect to the records
and books of account of and visit and inspect the  properties and assets of each
Borrower,  and to discuss the affairs and finances and the Mortgaged  Properties
of Borrowers with each Borrower's officers or directors.

                   (f)     Environmental Disclosure and Inspection.

                           (i)  Exercise  due  diligence in order to comply with
         all Environmental Laws.

                           (ii) Permit Bank, from time to time and in their sole
         and absolute  discretion,  to retain, at Bank's expense, an independent
         professional  consultant  to review any report  relating  to  Hazardous
         Materials  prepared by or for any Borrower and at reasonable  times and
         subject to reasonable  conditions to conduct their own investigation at
         Bank's expense of any Facility  currently  owned,  leased,  operated or
         used by Borrowers or any  Subsidiary,  and each Borrower  agrees to use
         its   respective   best  efforts  to  obtain   permission   for  Bank's
         professional  consultant  to  conduct  its  own  investigation  of  any
         Facility previously owned, leased, operated or used by Borrowers or any
         Subsidiary.  Borrowers  hereby  grant to Bank,  its agents,  employees,
         consultants,  and  contractors  the  right to enter  into or on to,  at
         reasonable times, the Facilities currently owned,  leased,  operated or
         used by  Borrowers  or any  Subsidiary  to  perform  such tests on such
         property as are  reasonably  necessary to conduct such a review  and/or
         investigation.

                           (iii)   Promptly   advise  Bank  in  writing  and  in
         reasonable  detail upon  obtaining  knowledge of (i) any Release of any
         Hazardous  Materials  required to be reported to any federal,  state or
         local   governmental   or  regulatory   agency  under  any   applicable
         Environmental  Laws,  (ii)  any and  all  written  communications  with
         respect to  Environmental  Claims or any Release of Hazardous  Material
         required to be reported to any federal,  state or local governmental or
         regulatory agency,  (iii) any remedial action taken by Borrowers or any
         other  person in response to (1) any  Hazardous  Material  on, under or
         about any Facility, the existence of which is reasonably likely to give
         rise to an  Environmental  Claim, or (2) any  Environmental  Claim that
         could have a material  adverse  effect on Borrowers or any  Subsidiary,
         (iv) any  Borrower's  discovery of any  occurrence  or condition on any
         real  property  adjoining or in the vicinity of any Facility that could

                                       39
<PAGE>
         cause  such  Facility  or  any  part  thereof  to  be  subject  to  any
         restrictions on the ownership, occupancy,  transferability or use there
         of under any  Environmental  Laws, and (v) any request for  information
         from any governmental  agency indicating that such agency has initiated
         an  investigation  as to  whether  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  may be
         potentially   responsible  for  a  Release  or  threatened  Release  of
         Hazardous Materials.

                           (iv) Promptly  notify Bank of (i) any  acquisition of
         stock,  assets,  or property by any  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  that
         reasonably  could be expected to expose such Borrower to, or result in,
         Environmental  Claims that could have a material adverse effect or that
         could be expected to have a material adverse effect on any Governmental
         Authorization then held by any Borrower or any Subsidiary, and (ii) any
         proposed action outside of the normal course of business to be taken by
         any  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary  to  commence  industrial  or  other
         operations  that could  subject  any  Borrower  or such  Subsidiary  to
         additional laws, rules or regulation,  including,  without  limitation,
         laws, rules and regulations requiring additional  environmental permits
         or licenses.

                           (v)  At its  own  expense,  provide  copies  of  such
         documents or information as Bank may reasonably  request in relation to
         any matters disclosed pursuant to this Paragraph 8.2(f).

                           (vi)  Promptly  take any and all  necessary  remedial
         action  in  connection  with  the  presence,  storage,  use,  disposal,
         transportation,   Release  or  threatened   Release  of  any  Hazardous
         Materials  on,  under or about any Facility in order to comply with all
         applicable Environmental Laws and Governmental  Authorizations.  In the
         event any Borrower or any  Subsidiary  undertakes  any remedial  action
         with respect to any Hazardous Material on, under or about any Facility,
         such  Borrower  or such  Subsidiary  shall  conduct and  complete  such
         remedial  action in compliance with all applicable  Environmental  Laws
         and in  accordance  with the  policies,  orders and  directives  of all
         federal, state and local governmental authorities.

                   (g)  Financial   Covenants.   Each   Borrower   warrants  and
represents  to and  covenants  with Bank that they shall  maintain the following
financial covenants on a consolidated basis:

                                       40
<PAGE>
                           (i) Maintain,  at all times,  a Tangible Net Worth of
         not less  than the  amounts  set  forth  below,  during  the  following
         periods:


            Fiscal Year Ended                             Amount
                  1997                                  $23,000,000
                  1998                                  $23,500,000
                  1999                                  $32,000,000
           2000 and thereafter                          $40,000,000


                           (ii) Maintain EBITDA,  at all times, of not less than
         the amounts set forth below,  calculated  each month for the  preceding
         twelve-month period on a trailing twelve month basis:


            Fiscal Year Ended                             Amount
                  1997                                  $10,000,000
                  1998                                  $13,000,000
                  1999                                  $25,000,000
           2000 and thereafter                          $40,000,000


                           (iii) Maintain a Leverage Ratio, at all times, of not
         greater than 1.10 to 1.0.

                           (iv) Not permit  Capital  Expenditures  to exceed the
         following amounts for the periods set forth below:



            Fiscal Year Ended                             Amount
                  1997                                  $6,500,000
                  1998                                  $7,000,000
                  1999                                  $14,000,000
           2000 and thereafter                          $17,000,000


                                       41

<PAGE>
         provided,  however,  that the amount of Capital Expenditures may exceed
         the  limits  set  forth  above  on a  cumulative  basis  so long as the
         aggregate amount of Capital  Expenditures are (a) made with funds other
         than Loan  proceeds  or other  Funded  Debt and (b) at all times do not
         exceed $7,900,000 plus 75% of Borrower's net income, in accordance with
         GAAP,   for  the  period   from  the  Closing   Date  and   thereafter.
         Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  to the extent that the proceeds of the
         Term Loan are used to purchase the Mortgaged Properties,  the amount of
         such proceeds shall not be included  within the  calculation of Capital
         Expenditures hereunder.

                   (h)     Insurance.

                           (i) At its sole cost and  expense,  keep and maintain
         business  interruption  insurance  and public  liability  and  property
         damage  insurance  relating  to its  business  and  properties  and its
         ownership and use of its assets.  All such policies of insurance  shall
         be in form and with insurers recognized as adequate by prudent business
         persons and all such policies  shall be in amounts as may be reasonably
         satisfactory to Bank. Each Borrower shall deliver to Bank a certificate
         of  insurance,  and  evidence of payment of all  premiums  then due and
         owing for each such  policy on or prior to the date of this  Agreement.
         Such policies shall:  (A) contain a lender's loss payable clause naming
         Bank as loss payee and  additional  insured as its interest may appear;
         and (B) provide that the  insurance  companies  will give Bank at least
         thirty (30) days written  notice  before any such policy or policies of
         insurance shall be altered or canceled.

                           (ii) In the event any  Borrower  at any time or times
         hereafter  shall  fail to obtain or  maintain  any of the  policies  of
         insurance  required  above  or to pay any  premium  in whole or in part
         relating  thereto,   then  Bank,   without  waiving  or  releasing  any
         obligation  or Event of Default by any Borrower  hereunder,  may at any
         time or times  thereafter  (but shall be under no obligation to) obtain
         and maintain  such  policies of insurance and pay such premium and take
         any other action with respect thereto which Bank deems  advisable.  All
         sums so disbursed by Bank,  including  reasonable attorneys fees, court
         costs,  expenses and other charges relating  thereto,  shall be part of
         Borrowers'  Liabilities,  payable  by  Borrowers  to  Bank  on  demand.
         Borrowers authorize Bank, in Bank's sole discretion, to cause such sums
         to be paid by making an advance in the amount thereof to the applicable
         Borrower under the Revolving Loan.

         8.3 Negative Covenants. Prior to the later of the Term Loan Termination
Date or the Revolving Credit  Termination Date and thereafter for so long as any
amount is due or owing to Bank hereunder, unless Bank shall otherwise consent in
writing, no Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall:


                                       42

<PAGE>
                   (a)  Liens,  Etc.  Create  or suffer to exist any Lien or any
other  type of  preferential  arrangement,  upon or with  respect  to any of its
assets or  properties,  whether now owned or hereafter  acquired,  or assign any
right to receive  income,  except for Permitted  Liens in each case to secure or
provide  for the  payment of any Debt of any  Person,  except for the  permitted
Liens set forth on Exhibit 8.3(a) ("Permitted Liens").

                   (b)  Maintain   Existence,   Merger,  Etc.  (i)  dissolve  or
liquidate or amend or modify its Articles or  Certificate of  Incorporation,  as
applicable,  or the Articles or Certificate of Incorporation of any Affiliate or
Subsidiary;  or (ii) convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in
one transaction or in a series of transactions) any assets (whether now owned or
hereafter acquired) to any Person except in the ordinary course of business;  or
(iii) together with one or more Affiliates convey,  transfer, lease or otherwise
dispose of (whether in one  transaction or in a series of  transactions)  all or
substantially all of the assets of any Borrower and such Affiliates (whether now
owned or hereafter acquired) to any Person; or (iv) purchase, lease or otherwise
acquire all or substantially  all of the assets or properties of, or acquire any
capital stock,  equity  interests,  debt or other  securities of any Person,  or
enter into any joint venture or become a partner in any partnership;  (v) engage
in any  transaction  out of the ordinary  course of  business;  or (vi) merge or
consolidate with any Person, except as permitted under Exhibit 8.3(b).

                   (c) Debt. Incur, create,  assume,  become or be liable in any
manner with respect to or permit to exist, any Debt except for Permitted Debt.

                   (d) Investments or Loans. Make or permit to exist investments
or loans in or to any other  Person,  except  for (i)  salaries  and  reasonable
advances of money to its employees in payment of reasonable expenses incurred by
such  employees in the  ordinary  course of business  and  consistent  with past
practices, (ii) investments in certificates of deposits of a banking institution
having a net worth in excess of  $100,000,000  or in  securities  of the  United
States of America or  commercial  paper with a P1 rating  (all of the  foregoing
maturing within one year) and (iii)  investments  already made as of the Closing
Date  as  set  forth  or as  otherwise  listed  on  Exhibit  8.3(d)  ("Permitted
Investments").

                   (e)  Guaranties.  Guaranty,  endorse or  otherwise in any way
directly,  indirectly  or  contingently  become  liable for the  obligations  or
liabilities of any other Person,  except endorsements of negotiable  instruments
for collection in the ordinary course of business.

                   (f)  Stock  and  Dividends.   Redeem,  retire,   purchase  or
otherwise  acquire,  directly or  indirectly,  any common  capital  stock of any
Borrower or other  evidence of ownership  interest,  or declare or pay dividends
upon any  common  capital  stock of any  Borrower  or make any  distribution  of

                                       43
<PAGE>
Borrowers'  property  or assets  to any  stockholders  except  Ethex and PDI may
declare and pay dividends to K-V.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no Event of
Default  has  occurred  and  is  continuing,  K-V  may  pay  dividends  or  make
distributions up to an amount not to exceed  twenty-five  percent (25%) of K-V's
prior fiscal year's consolidated net income, determined in accordance with GAAP,
in any one fiscal year.

                   (g) Transactions with Affiliates or Insiders.  Enter into, or
be a party to, any transaction with any Affiliate of any Borrower, except in the
ordinary  course of and pursuant to the  reasonable  requirements  of Borrowers'
businesses and upon fair and reasonable  terms which are fully disclosed to Bank
and are no less  favorable to Borrower  than would obtain in a comparable  arm's
length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of such Borrower.

         8.4  Maintenance  of  Accounts.  Each  Borrower  agrees to maintain its
primary operational  accounts with Bank and shall maintain an average balance of
collected, available funds in a non-interest bearing demand deposit account with
Bank  (the  "Operating  Account")  in an amount  at least  equal to that  amount
required to  compensate  Bank for its  services  in  maintaining  such  account.
Borrowers  acknowledge that Bank will charge Borrowers  standard service charges
in effect from time to time for various services performed by Bank in connection
with any aspect of the  relationship  between  Borrowers and Bank, and Borrowers
hereby agree that if such service charges exceed the credit to Borrowers arising
from  earnings  attributable  to funds on  deposit  with Bank in the  applicable
Operating Account, such service charge deficiency shall be deducted by Bank from
any Borrower's  Operating  Account,  monthly,  in arrears,  within ten (10) days
following  the end of each  month.  Bank may cause  interest  and other  amounts
payable on the obligations of Borrowers to Bank hereunder to be paid by making a
direct charge to the applicable  Operating  Account in accordance with the terms
hereof.

                                   9. DEFAULT

         9.1  Events of  Default.  The  occurrence  of any one of the  following
events shall  constitute a default (an "Event of Default") under this Agreement:
(a) if any Borrower  fails or neglects to perform,  keep or observe any covenant
or agreement  contained in this  Agreement or in the Other  Agreements  which is
required to be  performed,  kept or observed by any  Borrower  and such  failure
continues for thirty (30) days thereafter;  (b) any  representation  or warranty
made by any Borrower  herein or in any Other Agreement is untrue in any material
respect,  or any exhibit or certificate  furnished by any Borrower or any of its
Affiliates,  directors,  officers, employees, or agents to Bank is untrue in any
material  respect on the date as of which the facts therein set forth are stated
or certified;  (c) if any Borrower fails to pay Borrower's  Liabilities when due
and  payable or  declared  due and  payable;  (d) if a  material  portion of any
Borrower's assets or the Collateral is attached,  seized, subjected to a writ or
distress  warrant  or is levied  upon,  or come  within  the  possession  of any


                                       44
<PAGE>
receiver,  trustee,  custodian or assignee for the benefit of creditors  and the
same is not terminated or dismissed within thirty (30) days thereafter; (e) if a
petition under any section or chapter of the  Bankruptcy  Reform Act of 1978, as
amended,  or any  similar  law or  regulation  shall be filed by  Borrower or if
Borrower  shall make an  assignment  for the benefit of its  creditors or if any
case or proceeding is filed by Borrower for its dissolution or liquidation;  (f)
if a petition under any section or chapter of the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978,
as amended, or any similar law or regulation is filed against any Borrower or if
any  case or  proceeding  is  filed  against  Borrower  for its  dissolution  or
liquidation and the same is not terminated or dismissed  within  forty-five (45)
days  of  filing;  (g) if an  application  is  made  by  any  Borrower  for  the
appointment of a receiver,  trustee or custodian for any of Borrowers' assets or
the  Collateral;  (h) if an  application  is made by any Person  other than such
Borrower for the appointment of a receiver,  trustee or custodian for the assets
of any  Borrower  or the  Collateral  and  the  same  is  not  dismissed  within
forty-five  (45) days after the  application  therefor;  (i) if any  Borrower is
adjudicated  insolvent  or admits its  inability to pay its debts as they become
due;  (j) if any  Borrower  is in default in the payment of Debt in an amount in
excess of $750,000;  (k) if Borrower is in default in the payment of any Debt to
Bank including, without limitation, any reimbursement obligations for letters of
credit  issued  or to be  issued  by  Bank  subsequent  to the  date  hereof  in
connection with the Industrial Development Authority of the County of St. Louis,
Missouri,  Private  Activity  Refunding and Revenue  Bonds,  Series 1989(f) (K-V
Pharmaceutical Company Project); or (l) if a conservator is appointed for all or
any material portion of the assets of any Borrower or the Collateral.

         9.2 Cumulative  Remedies.  All of Bank's rights and remedies under this
Agreement and the Other Agreements are cumulative and non-exclusive.

         9.3  Acceleration  and  Termination  of Loans.  Upon the occurrence and
during  the  continuance  of an Event of  Default,  (a) upon  notice  by Bank to
Borrowers,  Borrowers' Liabilities shall be immediately due and payable,  unless
there shall have occurred an Event of Default under  subparagraphs  9.1(d), (e),
(f),  (g),  (h),  (i)  or  (l),  in  which  case  Borrowers'  Liabilities  shall
automatically  become due and payable without notice or demand,  and (b) without
notice by Bank to or demand by Bank of  Borrowers,  Bank  shall  have no further
obligation to and may then forthwith cease advancing  monies or extending credit
to or  for  the  benefit  of  Borrowers  under  this  Agreement  and  the  Other
Agreements.

         9.4 Rights of Creditor. Upon an Event of Default, Bank, in its sole and
absolute  discretion,  may  exercise  any one or more of the rights and remedies
accruing  (a) under  applicable  law upon  default  by a  debtor,  (b) under any
instrument,  including,  without limitation,  the Mortgage and the Assignment of
Rents, or (c) under any document or agreement.  Nothing  contained  herein shall
interfere  with Bank's  right  under law to set-off the  balances of any deposit
accounts maintained by any Borrower with Bank against Borrowers' Liabilities.

                                       45
<PAGE>
         9.5 Injunctive Relief.  Each Borrower  recognizes that in the event any
Borrower  fails to  perform,  observe or  discharge  any of its  obligations  or
liabilities under this Agreement or the Other Agreements,  no remedy of law will
provide  adequate  relief to Bank,  and agrees  that Bank shall be  entitled  to
temporary and permanent injunctive relief in any such case without the necessity
of proving actual damages or the posting of bond, surety or other security.

                                   10. GENERAL

         10.1 Payment  Application  Date. Any check,  draft,  or similar item of
payment by or for the account of any  Borrower  delivered  to Bank on account of
Borrowers'  Liabilities  shall  be  applied  by Bank on  account  of  Borrowers'
Liabilities  on the date final  settlement  thereof is reflected by  irrevocable
credit to Bank.

         10.2 Statement of Account.  Each statement of account by Bank delivered
to any Borrower relating to Borrowers' Liabilities shall be presumed correct and
accurate,  absent manifest error, and shall constitute an account stated between
Borrowers and Bank unless,  within ninety (90) days after Borrowers'  receipt of
said  statement,  Borrowers  deliver to Bank, by  registered  or certified  mail
addressed to Bank at its Address for Notices  specified on the  signature  pages
hereto,  written  objection  thereto  specifying  the error or  errors,  if any,
contained in any such statement.

         10.3  Manner of  Application;  Waiver of Setoff  Prohibition.  Upon the
occurrence  and during the  continuance  of an Event of Default,  each  Borrower
waives the right to direct the  application  of any and all payments at any time
or times  hereafter  received by Bank on account of Borrowers'  Liabilities  and
Borrower  agrees  that Bank  shall  have the  right,  in its  absolute  and sole
discretion,  to apply and re-apply any and all such payments  toward  Borrowers'
Liabilities in such manner as Bank may deem advisable, notwithstanding any entry
by Bank upon any of its books and  records.  Each  Borrower  further  waives any
right  under or  benefit of any law that  would  restrict  or limit the right or
ability of Bank to obtain payment of Borrowers'  Liabilities,  including any law
that would  restrict or limit Bank in the  exercise of its right to  appropriate
any indebtedness  owing from Bank to Borrower and any deposits or other property
of  Borrower in the  possession  or control of Bank and apply the same toward or
setoff the same against the payment of Borrowers' Liabilities.

         10.4  Survival  of  Representations   and  Warranties.   Each  Borrower
covenants,  warrants  and  represents  to  Bank  that  all  representations  and
warranties  of Borrower  contained in this  Agreement  and the Other  Agreements
shall be true at the time of each Borrower's execution of this Agreement and the
Other  Agreements  and shall  survive the  execution,  delivery  and  acceptance
thereof by the parties  thereto and the  closing of the  transactions  described
therein or related thereto.

                                       46
<PAGE>
         10.5      Integration; Amendment; Assignment; Participation.

                   (a) This  Agreement and the Other  Agreements  constitute the
entire agreement and  understanding  between the parties relating to the subject
matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements,  whether oral or written. This
Agreement  and the Other  Agreements  may not be  modified,  altered  or amended
except by an  agreement  in writing  signed by each  Borrower  and Bank,  and no
provision of this  Agreement may be waived except with the consent in writing of
Bank.

                   (b) Bank  shall have the right to assign to one or more banks
or other financial  institutions  all or a portion of its rights and obligations
under this Agreement  (including,  without  limitation,  the Loans and the Other
Agreements).  Upon any such  assignment,  (i) the assignee  shall become a party
hereto and, to the extent of such assignment, have all rights and obligations of
Bank hereunder and under the Other Agreements and (ii) Bank shall, to the extent
of such  assignment,  relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations
hereunder and under the Other Agreements;  provided,  however, in the event Bank
assigns all or a portion of its rights and obligations  hereunder  pursuant to a
transaction in which Bank (including  successors thereto) is not the lead agent,
Borrowers  will not be subject to the  prepayment  fee provided for in Paragraph
5.11 hereof as long as K-V has paid in full all Borrowers'  Liabilities  due and
owing in respect of the Term Loan  within  ninety  (90) days of the date of such
assignment.  Each Borrower  hereby agrees to execute and deliver such documents,
and to take such other actions, as Bank may reasonably request to accomplish the
foregoing.

                   (c) In addition to the  assignments  permitted in  subsection
(b) of this  Paragraph  10.5,  Bank and any assignee  pursuant to subsection (b)
above shall have the right to grant participations to one or more banks or other
financial  institutions  in or to any Loan hereunder (and the Other  Agreements)
without notice to or consent from any Borrower.

         10.6 No  Waiver.  Bank's  failure  at any  time or times  hereafter  to
require strict performance by Borrowers of any provision of this Agreement shall
not waive,  affect or diminish  any right of Bank  thereafter  to demand  strict
compliance  and  performance  therewith.  Any suspension or waiver by Bank of an
Event of Default by Borrowers under this Agreement or the Other Agreements shall
not suspend,  waive or affect any other Event of Default by Borrowers under this
Agreement  or the  Other  Agreements,  whether  the same is prior or  subsequent
thereto  and  whether  of  the  same  or  of  a  different  type.  None  of  the
undertakings,  agreements, warranties, covenants or representations of Borrowers
contained in this  Agreement or the Other  Agreements and no Event of Default by
Borrowers under this Agreement or the Other  Agreements  shall be deemed to have
been  suspended  or waived by Bank  unless  such  suspension  or waiver is by an
instrument  in writing by Bank  specifying  such  suspension or waiver and given
pursuant to the requirements of Paragraph 10.16 hereof.

                                       47
<PAGE>
         10.7  Severability.  If any  provision  of this  Agreement or the Other
Agreements  or the  application  thereof to any Person or  circumstance  is held
invalid  or  unenforceable,  the  remainder  of this  Agreement  and  the  Other
Agreements   and  the   application  of  such  provision  to  other  Persons  or
circumstances  will not be affected thereby and the provisions of this Agreement
and the Other Agreements shall be severable in any such instance.

         10.8  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement and the Other  Agreements
shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the  successors and assigns of
each Borrowers and Bank. This provision,  however, shall not be deemed to modify
Paragraph 10.5 hereof.

         10.9  Conflict  with  Other  Agreements.  The  provisions  of the Other
Agreements are incorporated in this Agreement by this reference thereto.  Except
as  otherwise  provided in the Other  Agreements  by specific  reference  to the
applicable  provision  of this  Agreement,  if any  provision  contained in this
Agreement is in conflict with, or inconsistent  with, any provision in the Other
Agreements, the provision contained in this Agreement shall govern and control.

         10.10 No Impairment by  Termination.  Except to the extent  provided to
the contrary in this  Agreement and in the Other  Agreements,  no termination or
cancellation  (regardless  of cause or procedure) of this Agreement or the Other
Agreements  shall in any way affect or impair the powers,  obligations,  duties,
rights and  liabilities  of Borrowers or Bank in any way or respect  relating to
(a) any transaction or event occurring prior to such termination or cancellation
and/or  (b)  any of the  undertakings,  agreements,  covenants,  warranties  and
representations   of  Borrowers   contained  in  this  Agreement  or  the  Other
Agreements.  All  such  undertakings,   agreements,  covenants,  warranties  and
representations shall survive such termination or cancellation.

         10.11  Waivers.  Except  as  otherwise  specifically  provided  in this
Agreement, Borrowers waive any and all notice or demand which Borrowers might be
entitled to receive with respect to this  Agreement or the Other  Agreements  by
virtue of any  applicable  statute  or law and  waives  presentment,  demand and
protest and notice of  presentment,  protest,  default,  dishonor,  non-payment,
maturity, release,  compromise,  settlement,  extension or renewal of any or all
commercial paper, accounts,  contract rights,  documents,  instruments,  chattel
paper and guaranties at any time held by Bank on which  Borrowers may in any way
be liable and hereby ratifies and confirms whatever Bank may do in this regard.

         10.12  Costs,   Fees  and  Expenses  Related  to  Agreement  and  Other
Agreements. In accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date hereof and
thereafter  upon demand by Bank therefor,  Borrowers shall pay or reimburse Bank
for all reasonable  costs, fees and expenses incurred by Bank, or for which Bank


                                       48
<PAGE>
becomes  obligated,   in  connection  with  the  negotiation,   preparation  and
consummation  of this  Agreement  and the Other  Agreements,  including  but not
limited  to,  attorneys'  fees,  costs  and  expenses;  search  fees,  costs and
expenses;  and all taxes payable in connection  with this Agreement or the Other
Agreements. That portion of Borrowers' Liabilities consisting of costs, expenses
or advances to be reimbursed by Borrowers to Bank pursuant to this  Agreement or
the Other  Agreements which are not paid on or prior to the date hereof shall be
payable by Borrower to Bank on demand.

         10.13  Environmental  Indemnity.  Borrowers agree to indemnify and save
Bank,  its  officers,  directors,  employees  and agents,  harmless of, from and
against any liability,  loss, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys'
fees) to which Bank or any of such persons may become  subject,  arising from or
based upon (a) any violation,  or claim of violation,  by Borrowers of any laws,
regulations or ordinances relating to Hazardous Materials,  or (b) any Hazardous
Materials located or disposed of on or released or transported from any property
owned, leased or operated by Borrowers, or any claim of any of the foregoing.

         10.14  Release.  Borrowers  release  Bank  from any and all  causes  of
action, claims or rights which Borrowers may now or hereafter have for, or which
may arise  from,  any loss or  damage  caused  by or  resulting  from any act or
omission to act on the part of Bank, its officers,  agents or employees,  except
in each instance for willful misconduct and gross negligence.

         10.15 Governing Law. This Agreement and the Other  Agreements  shall be
governed and  controlled by the internal  laws of the State of Illinois  without
regard to  principles  of conflicts of laws as to  interpretation,  enforcement,
validity,  construction,  effect, and in all other respects  including,  but not
limited to, the legality of the interest rate and other charges.

         10.16  Notices.  All  notices,  consents,  requests,  demands and other
communications  hereunder  shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given to
any party or parties (a) upon delivery to the address of the party or parties as
specified in the "Address for Notices"  below such party or parties' name on the
signature  pages  hereof if  delivered  in person  or by  courier  or if sent by
certified or registered mail (return receipt requested), or (b) upon dispatch if
transmitted by telecopy or other means of facsimile transmission, in any case to
the party or parties at the telecopy  numbers  specified on the same, or to such
other address or telecopy number as any party may hereafter designate by written
notice in the aforesaid manner.

         10.17 FORUM;  BANK;  VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER. TO INDUCE BANK TO ACCEPT
THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER AGREEMENTS,  BORROWERS,  IRREVOCABLY AGREE THAT ALL
ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS IN ANY WAY, MANNER, OR RESPECT, ARISING OUT OF OR FROM OR
RELATED TO THIS  AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER  AGREEMENTS  SHALL BE LITIGATED  ONLY IN

                                       49
<PAGE>
COURTS  HAVING SITUS WITHIN  CHICAGO,  ILLINOIS.  BORROWERS  HEREBY  CONSENT AND
SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY LOCAL,  STATE, OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITHIN
SAID CITY AND STATE.  BORROWERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY  APPOINT AND DESIGNATE KURTIS
B. REEG OF GALLOP,  JOHNSON & NEUMAN,  L.C.  WHOSE  ADDRESS IS 33 BRONZE  POINT,
SUITE 1D,  BELLEVILLE,  ILLINOIS,  OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAVING AND  MAINTAINING A
PLACE OF BUSINESS IN SUCH STATE,  WHOM BORROWERS MAY FROM TIME TO TIME HEREAFTER
DESIGNATE  (HAVING  GIVEN  FIVE (5) DAYS'  WRITTEN  NOTICE  THEREOF  TO BANK) AS
BORROWERS'  TRUE AND LAWFUL  ATTORNEY AND DULY AUTHORIZED BANK FOR ACCEPTANCE OF
SERVICE OF LEGAL PROCESS. BORROWERS AGREE THAT SERVICE OF SUCH PROCESS UPON SUCH
PERSON SHALL  CONSTITUTE  PERSONAL  SERVICE OF SUCH PROCESS UPON EACH  BORROWER.
BORROWERS  HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRANSFER OR CHANGE THE VENUE OF
ANY  LITIGATION  BROUGHT  AGAINST  BORROWERS  BY BANK IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  THIS
PARAGRAPH.  BORROWERS HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  WAIVE THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH
RESPECT TO ANY ACTION IN WHICH A BORROWER IS A PARTY.

         10.18 Other Costs, Fees and Expenses. If at any time or times hereafter
Bank: (a) employs counsel for advice or other representation (i) with respect to
this  Agreement  or  the  Other  Agreements,  (ii)  to  represent  Bank  in  any
litigation,  contest,  dispute,  suit or proceeding or to commence,  defend,  or
intervene  or to take any other  action in or with  respect  to any  litigation,
contest, dispute, suit, or proceeding (whether instituted by Bank, any Borrower,
or any other  Person) in any way or respect  relating to this  Agreement  or the
Other Agreements or (iii) to enforce any rights of Bank against Borrowers or any
other Person  which may be obligated to Bank by virtue of this  Agreement or the
Other  Agreements;  and/or (b) attempts to or enforces  any of Bank's  rights or
remedies under the Agreement or the Other  Agreements,  the reasonable costs and
expenses  incurred by Bank in any manner or way with  respect to the  foregoing,
shall be part of Borrowers' Liabilities, payable by Borrower to Bank on demand.

         10.19 Revival.  To the extent that Bank receives any payment on account
of Borrowers'  Liabilities and any such  payment(s)  and/or proceeds or any part
thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential,
set aside,  subordinated and/or required to be repaid to a trustee,  receiver or
any other party under any bankruptcy  act,  state or federal law,  common law or
equitable  cause,  then,  to the  extent  of  such  payment(s)  and/or  proceeds
received,  Borrowers' Liabilities or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall
be revived and continue in full force and effect,  as if such payment(s)  and/or
proceeds  had not been  received  by Bank and  applied on account of  Borrowers'
Liabilities.

         10.20 Acknowledgments.  Each Borrower acknowledges that (i) it has been
advised  by  counsel  of its  choice  with  respect  to this  Agreement  and the

                                       50
<PAGE>
transactions  contemplated hereby, (ii) each of the waivers set forth herein was
knowingly and  voluntarily  made; and (iii) the  obligations of Bank  hereunder,
including  the  obligation  to advance and lend funds to Borrowers in accordance
herewith,  shall be strictly  construed  and shall be expressly  subject to each
Borrower's  compliance in all respects with the terms and conditions  herein set
forth.

         10.21 Section Headings. Section headings used in this Agreement are for
convenience only and shall not effect the construction or interpretation of this
Agreement.

         10.22  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in one or more
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original  and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         10.23  Effectiveness.  This Agreement  shall become  effective upon the
execution  and  delivery  to Bank of  counterparts  of  this  Agreement  by each
Borrower and Bank.

         10.24 Joint and Several  Liability.  The liability of each Borrower for
Borrowers' Liabilities in respect of the Revolving Loan under this Agreement and
the Other  Agreements in general shall be joint and several,  and each reference
to  Borrowers  herein  shall  be  deemed  to  refer to each  such  Borrower.  In
furtherance and not in limitation of Bank's rights and remedies  hereunder or at
law, Bank may proceed under this Agreement and the Other Agreements  against one
or  more  of the  Borrowers  in its  absolute  and  sole  discretion  for any of
Borrowers' Liabilities in respect of the Revolving Loan.

                                       51
<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed as of the day
and year specified at the beginning hereof.


ATTEST:                         K-V PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY

                                By:/s/ Gerald R. Mitchell
                                Title: Vice-President, Finance


                                Address for Notices:

                                2503 South Hanley
                                St. Louis, Missouri  63144-2555
                                Telephone No.:  (314) 645-6600
                                Telecopier No.:  (314) 645-6732
                                Attention:  President

                                With a copy to:

                                Title:  Secretary

                                Address for Notices:

                                2503 South Hanley
                                St. Louis, Missouri  63144-2555
                                Telephone No.:  (314) 645-6600
                                Telecopier No.:  (314) 645-6732
                                Attention:  President

                                       52

<PAGE>
                                With a copy to:

                                John P. Walsh, Esq.
                                Gallop, Johnson & Neuman, L.C.
                                Interco Corporate Tower
                                101 South Hanley
                                St. Louis, Missouri  63105
                                Telephone No.:  (314) 862-1200
                                Telecopier No.:  (314) 862-1219


ATTEST:                         ETHEX CORPORATION

                                By: /s/ Gerald R. Mitchell
                                Title:  Vice-President


                                Address for Notices:

                                2503 South Hanley
                                St. Louis, Missouri  63144-2555
                                Telephone No.:  (314) 645-6600
                                Telecopier No.:  (314) 645-6732
                                Attention:  President

                                With a copy to:

                                John P. Walsh, Esq.
                                Gallop, Johnson & Neuman, L.C.
                                Interco Corporate Tower
                                101 South Hanley
                                St. Louis, Missouri  63105
                                Telephone No.:  (314) 862-1200
                                Telecopier No.:  (314) 862-1219

                                       53
<PAGE>
                                LASALLE NATIONAL BANK


                                 By:
                                 Title:  Vice President


                                 Address for Notices:

                                 LaSalle National Bank
                                 135 South LaSalle Street
                                 Chicago, Illinois 60603
                                 Telecopier No.:  (312) 904-6546
                                 Telephone No.:  (312) 904-2766
                                 Attention:  Mr. Charles E. Schroeder, Jr.
                                             Vice President

                                 With a copy to:

                                 Michael A. Nemeroff, Esq.
                                 Vedder, Price, Kaufman & Kammholz
                                 222 N. LaSalle Street
                                 Chicago, Illinois 60601-1003
                                 Telecopy No.:  (312) 609-5005
                                 Telephone No.: (312) 609-7500


                                                        54
<PAGE>
                                LIST OF EXHIBITS



         Exhibit 3.1                        Form of Revolving Note

         Exhibit 3.2                        Form of Term Note

         Exhibit 7.4                        Location of Collateral

         Exhibit 8.1(n)                     Environmental Matters

         Exhibit 8.1(r)                     Subsidiaries

         Exhibit 8.1(s)                     Labor

         Exhibit 8.1(v)                     Credit Agreements

         Exhibit 8.3(a)                     Permitted Liens

         Exhibit 8.3(b)                     Permitted Acquisitions

         Exhibit 8.3(d)                     Permitted Investments


<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT 3.1
                                       to
                                 Loan Agreement


                                 REVOLVING NOTE


$20,000,000                                                   Chicago, Illinois
                                                              June 18, 1997

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  on or before June 18, 2000 (or, if such day is not
a Business  Day, on the next  following  Business  Day),  the  undersigned,  K-V
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY, a Delaware corporation;  PDI DYNAMICS,  INC., a New York
corporation;  and  ETHEX  CORPORATION,  a  Missouri  corporation,   jointly  and
severally (herein,  collectively and together with their successors and assigns,
called  "Borrowers"),  promise to pay to the order of LASALLE  NATIONAL  BANK, a
national banking association (herein,  together with its successors and assigns,
called the  "Bank"),  the  maximum  principal  sum of TWENTY  MILLION and 00/100
DOLLARS  ($20,000,000) or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all
Revolving  Loans made by Bank to the  undersigned  pursuant to that certain Loan
Agreement of even date herewith between Borrowers and Bank (herein,  as the same
may be amended,  modified or  supplemented  from time to time,  called the "Loan
Agreement") as shown in Bank's records.

         The Borrower  further  promises to pay to the order of Bank interest on
the aggregate  unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding from
the date  hereof  until paid in full at such rates and at such times as shall be
determined in accordance  with the  provisions  of the Loan  Agreement.  Accrued
interest shall be payable on the dates specified in the Loan Agreement.

         Payments of both  principal  and  interest are to be made in the lawful
money of the United States of America in immediately  available  funds at Bank's
principal  office at 135 South LaSalle  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 60603; or at
such other place as may be designated by Bank to the Borrower in writing.

         This Note is the Revolving Note referred to in, evidences  indebtedness
incurred  under,  and is  subject  to the  terms  and  provisions  of,  the Loan
Agreement.  The Loan  Agreement,  to which  reference is hereby made, sets forth
said terms and provisions,  including those under which this Note may or must be
paid prior to its due date or may have its due date accelerated.  Terms used but
not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Loan Agreement.


                                        1
<PAGE>
         In  addition  to,  and not in  limitation  of,  the  foregoing  and the
provisions of the Loan Agreement  hereinabove  referred to, the Borrower further
agrees,  subject only to any  limitation  imposed by applicable  law, to pay all
expenses, including attorneys' fees and expenses, incurred by the holder of this
Note in seeking to collect any amounts payable hereunder which are not paid when
due, whether by acceleration or otherwise.

         All  parties  hereto,  whether  as  makers,   endorsers  or  otherwise,
severally  waive  presentment,   demand,  protest  and  notice  of  dishonor  in
connection with this Note.

         The  liability  of each  Borrower  under this Note in general  shall be
joint and several, and each reference herein to the Borrowers shall be deemed to
refer to each such  Borrower.  In  furtherance  and not in  limitation of Bank's
rights  and  remedies  hereunder  or at law,  Bank may  proceed  under this Note
against any one or more of the Borrowers in its absolute and sole discretion for
any of  Borrowers'  Liabilities  or any other  liability  or  obligation  of the
Borrowers arising hereunder.

         This  Note is  binding  upon the  undersigned  and its  successors  and
assigns,  and shall inure to the benefit of Bank and its successors and assigns.
This  Note is made  under  and  governed  by the laws of the  State of  Illinois
without regard to conflict of laws principles.


ATTEST:                                  K-V PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY, a
                                         Delaware Corporation
By:                  
    Secretary

Borrower's Address:                       By:                        
                                          Title:                        
2503 South Hanley
St. Louis, Missouri 63144-2555


                                        2
<PAGE>
ATTEST:                                   PARTICLE DYNAMICS, INC.,
                                          a New York corporation
By:                    
    Secretary
                                          By:                       
Borrower's Address:                       Title:               

2503 South Hanley
St. Louis, Missouri  63144-2555


ATTEST:                                   ETHEX CORPORATION, a
                                          Missouri corporation
By: 
    Secretary

Borrower's Address:                       By: 
2503 South Hanley                         Title:
St. Louis, Missouri  63144-2555

                                        3
<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT 3.2
                                       to
                                 Loan Agreement


                                    TERM NOTE


$3,500,000                                                   Chicago, Illinois
                                                             June __, 1997

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  the undersigned,  K-V  PHARMACEUTICAL  COMPANY,  a
Delaware corporation (herein,  together with its successors and assigns,  called
the  "Borrower"),  promises  to pay to the order of  LASALLE  NATIONAL  BANK,  a
national banking association (herein,  together with its successors and assigns,
called the "Bank"),  the principal  sum of THREE  MILLION FIVE HUNDRED  THOUSAND
DOLLARS  ($3,500,000),  plus interest at the rate of ___________  percent (___%)
per  annum,  payable  in  monthly  installments  commencing  June  ___,  1997 of
principal  of [NINETEEN  THOUSAND  FOUR HUNDRED  FORTY-FOUR  AND 44/100  DOLLARS
($19,444.44),]  on the last  Business  Day of each  month  through  ___________,
_____,  with  a  final  payment  of the  entire  principal  balance  outstanding
hereunder due on ____________, _____, pursuant to that certain Loan Agreement of
even date herewith  between the Borrower,  Particle  Dynamics,  Inc., a New York
corporation, ETHEX Corporation, a Missouri corporation, and Bank (herein, as the
same may be amended,  modified  or  supplemented  from time to time,  called the
"Loan Agreement") as shown in Bank's records, plus interest as described below.

         The Borrower  further  promises to pay to the order of Bank interest on
the aggregate  unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding from
the date hereof until paid in full at the Fixed Rate described above and at such
times as shall be  determined  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the Loan
Agreement.  Accrued interest shall be payable on the dates specified in the Loan
Agreement.

         Payments of both  principal  and  interest are to be made in the lawful
money of the United States of America in immediately  available  funds at Bank's
principal  office at 135 South LaSalle  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 60603, or at
such other place as may be designated by Bank to the Borrower in writing.

         This  Note is the Term  Note  referred  to in,  evidences  indebtedness
incurred  under,  and is  subject  to the  terms  and  provisions  of,  the Loan
Agreement.  The Loan  Agreement,  to which  reference is hereby made, sets forth
said terms and provisions,  including those under which this Note may or must be
paid prior to its due date or may have its due date accelerated.  Terms used but
not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Loan Agreement.

                                        1
<PAGE>
         In  addition  to,  and not in  limitation  of,  the  foregoing  and the
provisions of the Loan Agreement  hereinabove  referred to, the Borrower further
agrees,  subject only to any  limitation  imposed by applicable  law, to pay all
expenses, including attorneys' fees and expenses, incurred by the holder of this
Note in seeking to collect any amounts payable hereunder which are not paid when
due, whether by acceleration or otherwise.

         All  parties  hereto,  whether  as  makers,   endorsers  or  otherwise,
severally  waive  presentment,   demand,  protest  and  notice  of  dishonor  in
connection with this Note.

         This  Note is  binding  upon the  undersigned  and its  successors  and
assigns,  and shall inure to the benefit of Bank and its successors and assigns.
This  Note is made  under  and  governed  by the laws of the  State of  Illinois
without regard to conflict of laws principles.

                                            K-V PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY, a
                                            Delaware corporation
ATTEST:


By:                                         By:
     Secretary                              Title:


Borrower's Address:

2503 South Hanley
St. Louis, Missouri  63144-2555

                                        2

                                 REVOLVING NOTE

$20,000,000                                                   Chicago, Illinois
                                                              June 18, 1997

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  on or before June 18, 2000 (or, if such day is not
a Business  Day, on the next  following  Business  Day),  the  undersigned,  K-V
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY, a Delaware corporation;  PARTICLE DYNAMICS,  INC., a New
York corporation;  and ETHEX CORPORATION,  a Missouri  corporation,  jointly and
severally (herein,  collectively and together with their successors and assigns,
called  "Borrowers"),  promise to pay to the order of LASALLE  NATIONAL  BANK, a
national banking association (herein,  together with its successors and assigns,
called the  "Bank"),  the  maximum  principal  sum of TWENTY  MILLION and 00/100
DOLLARS  ($20,000,000) or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all
Revolving  Loans made by Bank to the  undersigned  pursuant to that certain Loan
Agreement of even date herewith between Borrowers and Bank (herein,  as the same
may be amended,  modified or  supplemented  from time to time,  called the "Loan
Agreement") as shown in Bank's records.

         The Borrower  further  promises to pay to the order of Bank interest on
the aggregate  unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding from
the date  hereof  until paid in full at such rates and at such times as shall be
determined in accordance  with the  provisions  of the Loan  Agreement.  Accrued
interest shall be payable on the dates specified in the Loan Agreement.

         Payments of both  principal  and  interest are to be made in the lawful
money of the United States of America in immediately  available  funds at Bank's
principal  office at 135 South LaSalle  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 60603; or at
such other place as may be designated by Bank to the Borrower in writing.

         This Note is the Revolving Note referred to in, evidences  indebtedness
incurred  under,  and is  subject  to the  terms  and  provisions  of,  the Loan
Agreement.  The Loan  Agreement,  to which  reference is hereby made, sets forth
said terms and provisions,  including those under which this Note may or must be
paid prior to its due date or may have its due date accelerated.  Terms used but
not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Loan Agreement.

         In  addition  to,  and not in  limitation  of,  the  foregoing  and the
provisions of the Loan Agreement  hereinabove  referred to, the Borrower further
agrees,  subject only to any  limitation  imposed by applicable  law, to pay all
expenses, including attorneys' fees and expenses, incurred by the holder of this
Note in seeking to collect any amounts payable hereunder which are not paid when
due, whether by acceleration or otherwise.

         All  parties  hereto,  whether  as  makers,   endorsers  or  otherwise,
severally  waive  presentment,   demand,  protest  and  notice  of  dishonor  in
connection with this Note.

                                        1
<PAGE>
         The  liability  of each  Borrower  under this Note in general  shall be
joint and several, and each reference herein to the Borrowers shall be deemed to
refer to each such  Borrower.  In  furtherance  and not in  limitation of Bank's
rights  and  remedies  hereunder  or at law,  Bank may  proceed  under this Note
against any one or more of the Borrowers in its absolute and sole discretion for
any of  Borrowers'  Liabilities  or any other  liability  or  obligation  of the
Borrowers arising hereunder.

         This  Note is  binding  upon the  undersigned  and its  successors  and
assigns,  and shall inure to the benefit of Bank and its successors and assigns.
This  Note is made  under  and  governed  by the laws of the  State of  Illinois
without regard to conflict of laws principles.


ATTEST:                                         K-V PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY, a
                                                Delaware Corporation
By: /s/ John P. Walsh
    Assistant Secretary

Borrower's Address:                             By: /s/ Gerald R. Mitchell
                                                Title: Vice-President, Finance
2503 South Hanley
St. Louis, Missouri 63144-2555

ATTEST:                                         PARTICLE DYNAMICS, INC.,
                                                a New York corporation
By: /s/ John P. Walsh
    Secretary

Borrower's Address:                             By: /s/ Gerald R. Mitchell
                                                Title: Vice-President
2503 South Hanley
St. Louis, Missouri 63144-2555


ATTEST:                                         ETHEX CORPORATION, a
                                                Missouri corporation
By: /s/ John P. Walsh
    Secretary

Borrower's Address:                             By: /s/ Gerald R. Mitchell
                                                Title: Vice-President
2503 South Hanley
St. Louis, Missouri 63144-2555

                                        2

                                    TERM NOTE


$3,500,000                                                    Chicago, Illinois
                                                              June 24, 1997

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  the undersigned,  K-V  PHARMACEUTICAL  COMPANY,  a
Delaware corporation (herein,  together with its successors and assigns,  called
the  "Borrower"),  promises  to pay to the order of  LASALLE  NATIONAL  BANK,  a
national banking association (herein,  together with its successors and assigns,
called the "Bank"),  the principal  sum of THREE  MILLION FIVE HUNDRED  THOUSAND
DOLLARS  ($3,500,000),  plus  interest  at the rate of Eight and 53/100  Percent
(8.53%) per annum, payable in monthly  installments  commencing June 18, 1997 of
principal  of NINETEEN  THOUSAND  FOUR  HUNDRED  FORTY-FOUR  AND 44/100  DOLLARS
($19,444.44), plus interest as described below, on the last Business Day of each
month through May, 2002,  with a final payment of the entire  principal  balance
outstanding,  plus accrued and unpaid interest,  hereunder due on June 18, 2002.
This Note is made  pursuant to that certain Loan  Agreement  dated June 18, 1997
between the Borrower,  Particle  Dynamics,  Inc., a New York corporation,  ETHEX
Corporation,  a  Missouri  corporation,  and  Bank  (herein,  as the same may be
amended,   modified  or  supplemented  from  time  to  time,  called  the  "Loan
Agreement").

         The Borrower  further  promises to pay to the order of Bank interest on
the aggregate  unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding from
the date hereof until paid in full at the Fixed Rate described above and at such
times as shall be  determined  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the Loan
Agreement.  Accrued interest shall be payable on the dates specified in the Loan
Agreement.

         Payments of both  principal  and  interest are to be made in the lawful
money of the United States of America in immediately  available  funds at Bank's
principal  office at 135 South LaSalle  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 60603, or at
such other place as may be designated by Bank to the Borrower in writing.

         This  Note is the Term  Note  referred  to in,  evidences  indebtedness
incurred  under,  and is  subject  to the  terms  and  provisions  of,  the Loan
Agreement.  The Loan  Agreement,  to which  reference is hereby made, sets forth
said terms and provisions,  including those under which this Note may or must be
paid prior to its due date or may have its due date accelerated.  Terms used but
not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Loan Agreement.

         This Note is further  secured by those certain  Missouri Future Advance
Deed of Trust and Security  Agreements and those certain Assignment of Rents and
Leases,  each of even date  herewith made by Borrower to Bank,  encumbering  the

                                        1
<PAGE>
property  commonly  known as 10876 Metro Court and 10862  Metro  Court,  each as
legally described therein.

         In  addition  to,  and not in  limitation  of,  the  foregoing  and the
provisions of the Loan Agreement  hereinabove  referred to, the Borrower further
agrees,  subject only to any  limitation  imposed by applicable  law, to pay all
expenses, including attorneys' fees and expenses, incurred by the holder of this
Note in seeking to collect any amounts payable hereunder which are not paid when
due, whether by acceleration or otherwise.

         All  parties  hereto,  whether  as  makers,   endorsers  or  otherwise,
severally  waive  presentment,   demand,  protest  and  notice  of  dishonor  in
connection with this Note.

         This  Note is  binding  upon the  undersigned  and its  successors  and
assigns,  and shall inure to the benefit of Bank and its successors and assigns.
This  Note is made  under  and  governed  by the laws of the  State of  Illinois
without regard to conflict of laws principles.

                                               K-V PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY, a
                                               Delaware corporation
ATTEST:


By: /s/ John P. Walsh                          By: /s/ Gerald R. Mitchell
    Assistant Secretary                        Title: Vice-President, Finance


Borrower's Address:

2503 South Hanley
St. Louis, Missouri  63144-2555


                                        2

                               FOURTH AMENDMENT to
                                 AND RESTATEMENT
                                       OF
                           K-V PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY
                        1991 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN


         1.       Purpose of the Plan

         The K-V  Pharmaceutical  Company Amended and Restated 1991 Stock Option
Plan ("Plan") is intended to provide additional  incentive to certain valued and
trusted employees of K-V Pharmaceutical Company, a Delaware corporation, and its
subsidiaries (the "Company"),  by encouraging them to acquire shares of the $.01
par value Class B common stock of the Company (the "Stock")  through  options to
purchase Stock granted pursuant to the Plan ("Options"), thereby increasing such
employees'  proprietary  interest in the  business of the Company and  providing
them with an increased  personal  interest in the continued success and progress
of the  Company,  the result of which will  promote  both the  interests  of the
Company and its shareholders.

         Options  granted  under  the  Plan  will  be  intended  to  qualify  as
"incentive  stock  options"  ("1505")  within the  meaning of Section 422 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). Each employee granted an
Option shall enter into an agreement  with the Company (the "Option  Agreement")
setting  forth  the  terms  and  conditions  of the  Option,  as  determined  in
accordance with this Plan.


         2.       Administration of Plan

         This Plan shall be  administered by the  Compensation  and Stock Option
Committee  appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Committee"),
to be  composed  of at least two (2)  members of the Board of  Directors  of the
Company. Members of the Committee shall not be eligible to receive Options under
this Plan. The Committee shall have the sole power:

         (a) Subject to the  provisions  of the Plan, to determine the terms and
conditions  of all  Options;  to  construe  and  interpret  the Plan and Options
granted under it; to determine the time or times an Option may be exercised, the
number of shares as to which an Option  may be  exercised  at any one time,  and
when an  Option  may  terminate;  to  establish,  amend  and  revoke  rules  and
regulations  relating  to the Plan and its  administration;  and to correct  any
defect,  supply any omission,  or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, or in
any Option Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary, all
of which  determinations  and  interpretations  made by the  Committee  shall be
conclusive and binding on all Optionees and on their legal  representatives  and
beneficiaries; and



<PAGE>
         (b) To determine all questions of policy and expediency  that may arise
in the administration of the Plan and generally exercise such powers and perform
such acts as are deemed  necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of
the Company.

         3.       Shares Subject to the Plan

         (a) Subject to the  provisions  of paragraph 13 below,  the Stock which
may be issued pursuant to Options granted under the Plan shall not exceed in the
aggregate seven hundred fifty thousand  (750,000) shares of Class A Common Stock
of the Company and six hundred seventy-five thousand (675,000) shares of Class B
Common Stock of the Company.  If any Options  granted under the Plan  terminate,
expire or are  surrendered  without having been exercised in full, the number of
shares of Stock not purchased  under such Options  shall be available  again for
the purpose of the Plan.

         (b) At any time  that the  Committee  determines  that  there  exists a
public market for Class A Common Stock of the Company,  it may designate that an
Option  to  purchase  shares  of Class B Common  Stock of the  Company  shall be
exercisable to purchase shares of Class A Common stock of the Company instead of
Class B Common  Stock.  Such  redesignation  of an Option  shall not  affect the
purchase  price under such Option or the number of shares with  respect to which
such Option has been granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no redesignation of
an Option shall be effective if such redesignation constitutes a modification of
such Option within the meaning of Section 424(h) of the Code.

         4.       Persons Eligible for Options

         All employees of the Company who are not members of the Committee shall
be eligible to receive the grant of Options under the Plan. The Committee  shall
determine the employees to whom Options shall be granted, the time or times such
Options shall be granted,  the number of shares to be subject to each Option and
the  times  when  each  Option  may  be  exercised.  The  Committee  shall  seek
information,  advice and recommendations from management to assist the Committee
in its  independent  determination  as to the employees to whom Options shall be
granted.  An employee who has been granted an Option (an  "Optionee"),  if he or
she is otherwise eligible, may be granted additional Options.

         5.       Purchase Price

         The  purchase  price  of each  share  of  Stock  covered  by  each  ISO
("Purchase Price") shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair
Market  Value Per Share (as  defined  below) of the Stock on the date the ISO is
granted; provided, however, if when an ISO is granted the Optionee receiving the
ISO owns or will be  considered  to own by reason of Section  424(d) of the Code
more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of
stock of the Company,  the purchase price of the Stock covered by such ISO shall
not be less than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value Per
Share of the Stock on the date the ISO is granted.

                                       -2-

<PAGE>
         "Fair Market Value Per Share" of the Stock shall mean: (i) if the Stock
is not publicly  traded,  the amount  determined by the Committee on the date of
the grant of the Option;  (ii) if the Stock is traded only  otherwise  than on a
securities exchange and is not quoted on the National  Association of Securities
Dealers Automated Quotation System ("NASDAQ"),  the closing quoted selling price
of the  Stock on the date of grant of the  Option  as  quoted  in "pink  sheets"
published by the National Daily Quotation  Bureau;  (iii) if the Stock is traded
only  otherwise  than on a  securities  exchange  and is quoted on  NASDAQ,  the
closing quoted selling price of the Stock on the date of grant of the Option, as
reported by the Wall Street Journal; or (iv) if the Stock is admitted to trading
on a securities  exchange,  the closing quoted selling price of the Stock on the
date of  grant of the  Option,  as  reported  in the Wall  Street  Journal.  For
purposes of Items (i) through (iv) of this paragraph,  if there were no sales on
the date of the grant of an Option,  the Fair  Market  Value Per Share  shall be
determined by the Committee in accordance with Section  20.2031-2 of the Federal
Estate Tax Regulations.

         6.       Duration of Options

         Any outstanding  Option and all  unexercised  rights  thereunder  shall
expire and  terminate  automatically  upon the earliest of: (i) the cessation of
the employment or engagement of the Optionee by the Company for any reason other
than retirement (as provided by contract  between the Company any such person or
otherwise  under normal Company  policies),  death or disability;  (ii) the date
which is three months following the effective date of the Optionee's  retirement
from the Company's service;  (iii) the date which is one year following the date
on which the  Optionee's  service with the Company  ceases due to disability (or
due to the  death  with  respect  to  Options  issued  prior to the date of this
amendment);  (iv)  the  date  of  expiration  of the  Option  determined  by the
Committee at the time the Option is granted and  specified  in such Option;  and
(v) in any event,  the tenth  annual  anniversary  date of the  granting  of the
Option,  or, if when an ISO is granted the Optionee owns (or would be considered
to own by reason of Section  424(d) of the Code) more than ten percent  (10%) of
the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company,  then on
the fifth such anniversary; provided, however, that the Committee shall have the
right,  but not the  obligation,  to extend the expiry of the Options held by an
Optionee  whose service with the Company has ceased for any reason to the end of
their  original terms (either upon issuance of the Option or at such time as the
Option  would  otherwise  terminate),  notwithstanding  that such Options may no
longer qualify as ISOs under the Code.

         7.       Exercise of Options

         (a) An Option may be exercisable in installments or otherwise upon such
terms as the Committee shall determine when the Option is granted.  In the event
that an Option is  exercisable  only in  installments  and the Optionee has been
employed  by the  Company  for five or more years as of the date such Option was
granted,  such Option shall become fully  exercisable  upon the  termination  of
 

                                       -3-

<PAGE>
employment  of the  Optionee  by  reason of death or  disability,  if and to the
extent that such  acceleration  would not cause a violation  of the  limitations
contained  in  Section  422(b)(7)  of the  Code.  If  acceleration  by reason of
termination  because of  disability  would cause a violation of the  limitations
contained  in Section  422(b)(7) of the Code,  acceleration  shall occur only in
amount  such  that  such  acceleration  does not cause a  violation  of  Section
422(b)(7) of the Code and the acceleration of the  exercisability of any portion
of the Option which would be in violation of such  limitation  shall be deferred
until January 1 of the year  following  that in which  termination of employment
occurs.  In the  event  termination  of  employment  occurs  by reason of death,
acceleration of the exercisability of any portion of the Option shall occur only
as and to the extent that such  acceleration  will not cause a violation  of the
limitations contained in Section 422(b)(7) of the Code. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary contained in this Plan, the Committee at any time may accelerate
the time at which any Option granted hereunder is exercisable.

         (b) No Option will be exercisable  (and any attempted  exercise will be
deemed null and void) if such  exercise  would  create a right of  recovery  for
"short-swing  profits"  under  Section 16(b) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934,  unless the  Optionee  pays the  Company  the amount of such  "short-swing
profits" at the time of the exercise of the Option.

         (c)  In the  event  that  a  portion  of an  ISO  which  first  becomes
exercisable exceeds the limitations  contained in Section 422(b)(7) of the Code,
the shares  purchased  pursuant to Options in excess of such limitation shall be
deemed to be non-qualified stock options and shall be identified  accordingly on
the certificates  representing  such shares and in the stock transfer records of
the Company.

         8.       Method of Exercise

         (a) When the right to purchase shares accrues, Options may be exercised
by giving written  notice to the Company  stating the number of shares for which
the Option is being  exercised,  accompanied  by payment in full by cash, or its
equivalent,  acceptable  to the Company,  of the  purchase  price for the shares
being purchased.  The Company shall issue a separate certificate or certificates
of Stock for each Option exercised by an Optionee.

         (b) In the Committee's discretion, determined at the time the Option is
granted, payment of the purchase price for the shares may be made in whole or in
part with other  shares of Stock of the Company  which are free and clear of all
liens and encumbrances. The value of the shares of Stock tendered in payment for
the shares being  purchased shall be the Fair Market Value Per Share on the date
of the Optionee's notice of exercise.

         (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Company shall have the right to
postpone  the time of  delivery of the shares for such period as may be required
for the  Company,  with  reasonable  diligence,  to comply  with any  applicable
listing  requirements  of any  national  securities  exchange  or  the  National
Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. or any Federal,  state or local law. If

                                       -4-

<PAGE>
the Optionee,  or other person entitled to exercise the Option,  fails to timely
accept  delivery  of and pay for  the  shares  specified  in  such  notice,  the
Committee  shall have the right to  terminate  the Option  with  respect to such
shares.

         9.       Nontransferability of Options

         No Option granted under the Plan shall be assignable or transferable by
the Optionee,  either  voluntarily or by operation of law, other than by will or
the laws of descent and distribution,  and, during the lifetime of the Optionee,
shall be exercisable only by the Optionee.

         10.      Continuance of Employment

         Nothing  contained in the Plan or in any Option  granted under the Plan
shall confer upon any Optionee  any rights with respect to the  continuation  of
employment  by the Company or interfere in any way with the right of the Company
(subject to the terms of any separate  employment  agreement to the contrary) at
any  time  to  terminate  such   employment  or  to  increase  or  decrease  the
compensation  of the  Optionee  from  the rate in  existence  at the time of the
granting of any Option.

         11.      Restrictions on Shares

         If the Company  shall be advised by counsel that  certain  requirements
under the  Federal  or state  securities  laws must be met  before  Stock may be
issued  under this Plan,  the  Company  shall  notify all  persons who have been
issued  Options,  and the Company  shall have no liability  for failure to issue
Stock under any exercise of Options because of delay while such requirements are
being met or the inability of the Company to comply with such requirements.

         12.      Privilege of Stock Ownership

         No person  entitled to exercise any Option granted under the Plan shall
have the rights or privileges of a stockholder  of the Company for any shares of
Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of such Option  until such person has become the
holder of record of such shares.  No  adjustment  shall be made for dividends or
other rights for which the record date is prior to the date on which such person
becomes the holder of record, except as provided in paragraph 13 below.

         13.      Adjustment

         (a) If the  number of  outstanding  shares of Stock  are  Increased  or
decreased, or such shares are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares
or securities of the Company through reorganization,  merger,  recapitalization,
reclassification,  stock dividend,  stock split, combination of shares, or other
similar transaction, the aggregate number of shares of Stock subject to the Plan

                                       -5-

<PAGE>
as provided in paragraph 3 above,  and the shares of Stock subject to issued and
outstanding  Options under the Plan shall be appropriately  and  proportionately
adjusted by the Committee. Any such adjustment in an outstanding Option shall be
made  without  change  in  the  aggregate   purchase  price  applicable  to  the
unexercised  portion  of the Option but with an  appropriate  adjustment  in the
price for each share or other unit of any security covered by the Option.

         (b)  Notwithstanding  paragraph  (a),  upon:  (i)  the  dissolution  or
liquidation of the Company,  (ii) a  reorganization,  merger or consolidation of
the  Company  with one or more  corporations  in which  the  Company  is not the
surviving  corporation,  (iii) a sale of substantially  all of the assets of the
Company,  or (iv) the transfer of more than 80% of the then outstanding Stock of
the  Company to another  entity or person in a single  transaction  or series of
transactions,  the Plan shall  terminate,  and any  outstanding  Options granted
under  the Plan  shall  terminate  on the day  before  the  consummation  of the
transaction;  provided  that the Board  shall have the  right,  but shall not be
obligated, to accelerate the time in which any Options may be exercised prior to
such a termination.  However, the termination of such Options shall not occur if
provision is made in writing in  connection  with the  transaction,  in a manner
acceptable to the Board,  for: (A) the continuance of the Plan and assumption of
outstanding  Options, or (B) the substitution for such Options of new options to
purchase the stock of a successor corporation (or parent or subsidiary thereof),
with  appropriate  adjustments as to number and kind of shares and option price.
The Board of  Directors  shall have the  authority  to amend this  paragraph  to
provide for a requirement  that a successor  corporation  assume any outstanding
Options.

         (c) Adjustments  under this paragraph 13 shall be made by the Committee
whose  determination  as to what  adjustments  shall  be  made,  and the  extent
thereof,  shall be final, binding and conclusive.  No fractional shares of Stock
shall be issued under the Plan or in connection with any such adjustment.

         14.      Holding Period and Forfeiture of Stock

         (a) All Stock purchased  pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be
held by the Company for a period of two (2) years from the date of exercise (the
"Holding Period"). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if
an Optionee  leaves the employ of the Company  during the Holding Period for any
reason other than the  retirement  (under  normal  Company  policies),  death or
disability  of such  Optionee,  the  Optionee's  purchase of such Stock shall be
voidable at the Committee's sole option and discretion. If any purchase of Stock
is voided by reason of the provisions of this paragraph 14, an amount determined
as  provided  in  paragraph  14(d)  shall  thereupon  be returned in full to the
Optionee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee at any time may waive the
Holding  Period  requirement  set forth herein with  respect to any  outstanding
options.

         (b) At any time within the Holding Period that the Committee determines
that there exists a public  market for Class A Common  Stock of the Company,  it

                                       -6-

<PAGE>
may cancel an  Optionee's  Class B Common  Stock of the Company then being held,
and issue in lieu  thereof an  equivalent  number of Class A Common Stock of the
Company.

         (c) In the event that an Optionee  incurs a financial  hardship  within
the Holding Period,  which is determined by the Committee in its sole discretion
upon  written  application  by the  Optionee  and after  review of the facts and
circumstances  to be  of an  immediate  and  heavy  nature,  the  Committee  may
authorize the  repurchase of the  Optionee's  Stock by the Company at a price as
determined  under paragraph 14(d) and payment of the proceeds of such repurchase
to the Optionee.

         (d) In the event  that a  purchase  of Stock is voided by reason of the
provisions of this  paragraph  14(a) or  repurchased by the Company by reason of
the  financial  hardship of an  Optionee,  the amount  paid to such  Optionee by
reason of the voided  transaction  or the  repurchase of such Stock shall be the
least of:  (i) the funds  paid by the  Optionee  in  connection  with the voided
transaction;  (ii) the  value  in cash of Stock  used to  purchase  such  Stock,
determined  as of the date of such  purchase,  less any amount  which would have
been forfeited by reason of this paragraph 14 relative to Stock used to purchase
the  forfeited  Stock if such Stock had not been so used and the Holding  Period
relative  to such  Stock had not  expired;  or (iii) the Fair  Market  Value Per
Share, as determined in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 5 hereof, on
the termination  date of the Optionee's  employment with the Company or the date
of the repurchase made pursuant to paragraph 14(b), as the case may be.

         (e) In order to  facilitate  the  repurchase of Stock by the Company in
accordance with the terms of paragraph  14(a) hereof,  if an Optionee leaves the
employ of the Company  during the Holding  Period and the Company  rescinds  the
purchase of Stock by such  Optionee,  each  Optionee who exercises any Option or
portion thereof shall, at the time of payment thereof,  as provided in paragraph
7(a) hereof,  deliver to the Company a form of stock power and assignment signed
by such Optionee in form and substance  satisfactory  to the Company,  rendering
the certificate  representing the shares purchased negotiable to the Company. An
Optionee  may at any time  request  delivery of Stock in payment of the Purchase
Price for additional Stock pursuant to paragraph 8(b) hereof notwithstanding the
fact  that  such  Stock  has not been  held for two (2)  years  from the date of
exercise of the Option pursuant to which it was purchased.

         15.      Optionee's Right to Pledge

         (a)  Notwithstanding  the provisions of paragraph 14(a) hereof,  if any
Optionee who exercises an Option  demonstrates to the Committee a need to obtain
financing for the purchase of Stock  pursuant to such exercise and indicates his
good faith  intention to remain in the employ of the Company  during the Holding
Period, the Committee, in its sole discretion,  may permit delivery of any Stock
purchased pursuant to the exercise of any Option to a financial  institution for
use by such  Optionee  as  collateral  security  for the  purchase of the Stock,


                                       -7-

<PAGE>
subject to any necessary or appropriate restrictions with respect thereto as may
be required to comply with applicable  Federal and state  securities laws and/or
the listing requirements of any national securities exchange.

         (b) If Stock is  delivered  to an  Optionee  in order to  facilitate  a
pledge  described in paragraph 15(a), the Company shall have the right to cancel
said Stock upon the exercise of the  Company's  election to void the purchase of
such Stock pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 14(a).  Upon the cancellation
of such Stock and  application by the holder  thereof,  the Company shall pay to
the holder the amount payable for such Stock as calculated  under the provisions
of paragraph 14(c) hereof.

         (c) Any Stock  delivered to an Optionee  pursuant to the  provisions of
this  paragraph 15 shall  contain a legend  stating that the Stock is subject to
cancellation  pursuant to the terms of this Plan and that upon  cancellation the
amount payable to the holder thereof shall be limited as provided in the Plan.

         16.      Delivery of Certificates

         If the  Optionee  remains in the employ of the Company  throughout  the
Holding  Period,  or leaves  the employ of the  Company by reason of  retirement
(under normal Company policies),  death or disability, the Company shall deliver
to the Optionee or his personal  representative (as the case may be), as soon as
practicable  thereafter,  certificates  representing  the Stock purchased by the
Optionee  under  the  Option  free  and  clear  of  restriction  except  for the
restrictions  which are  necessary to assure  compliance  by the Company and the
Optionee with  applicable  Federal and state  securities laws and/or the listing
requirements of any national  securities exchange (the  "Certificates").  If the
Company fails or declines to exercise its right to void any purchase pursuant to
the terms of paragraph 14 hereof,  the Company shall deliver the Certificates to
those  Optionees as soon as  practicable  after the  expiration of two (2) years
from the date of exercise of the  applicable  Option.  In the event an Option is
exercised using Stock as consideration for the Purchase Price, the Company shall
issue separate certificates for each block of shares delivered in payment of the
Option Price and for the balance of shares purchased at such exercise.

         17.      Investment Purpose

         Each Option  granted  hereunder may be issued on the condition that any
purchase of Stock  pursuant to the  exercise of an Option which shall not be the
subject of a registration  statement  permitting the sale or other  distribution
thereof  shall  be for  investment  purposes  and not with a view to  resale  or
distribution  (the  "Restricted  Stock").  If  requested  by the  Company,  each
Optionee must agree,  at the time of the purchase of any  Restricted  Stock,  to
execute an "investment  letter" setting forth such investment intent in the form
acceptable  to the Company and must consent to any stock  certificate  issued to
him  thereunder  bearing a restrictive  legend  setting  forth the  restrictions
applicable to the further resale,  transfer or other conveyance  thereof without

                                       -8-

<PAGE>
registration  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended,  and  under the
applicable securities or blue sky laws of any other jurisdiction (together,  the
"Securities   Laws"),  or  the  availability  of  exemptions  from  registration
thereunder  and to the  placing of transfer  restrictions  on the records of the
transfer  agent for such Stock.  No Restricted  Stock may  thereafter be resold,
transferred or otherwise conveyed unless:

         (1)      an opinion of the Optionee's counsel is received,  in form and
                  substance  satisfactory  to  counsel  for  the  Company,  that
                  registration  under  the  applicable  Securities  Laws  is not
                  required; or

         (2)      such Stock is registered under the applicable Securities Laws;
                  or

         (3)      "no  action"  letters  are  received  from  the  staff  of the
                  Securities and Exchange Commission and from the administrative
                  agencies administering all other applicable securities or blue
                  sky laws,  based on the option of counsel for Optionee in form
                  and  substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to  counsel  for the
                  Company, advising that registrations under the Securities Laws
                  are not required.

         18.      Amendment and Termination of Plan

         (a) The Board of Directors of the Company may, from time to time,  with
respect to any shares at the time not subject to Options,  suspend or  terminate
the Plan or amend or revise the terms of the Plan;  provided  that any amendment
to the Plan shall be approved by a majority of the  shareholders  of the Company
if the  amendment  would  (i)  materially  increase  the  benefits  accruing  to
participants  under the Plan;  (ii) increase the number of shares of Stock which
may be issued  under  the Plan,  except as  permitted  under the  provisions  of
paragraph  13  above;  or  (iii)  materially   modify  the  requirements  as  to
eligibility for participation in the Plan.

         (b) Subject to the  provisions  in paragraph  13 above,  the Plan shall
terminate  ten (10) years from the  earlier of the  adoption  of the Plan by the
Board of Directors or its approval by the shareholders.

         (c) Subject to the  provisions  in  paragraph 13 above,  no  amendment,
suspension  or  termination  of this Plan  shall,  without  the  consent  of the
Optionee,  alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Option granted to
such Optionee under the Plan.

         19.      Effective Date of Plan

         The Plan shall become effective upon adoption by the Board of Directors
of the Company and approval by the Company's  shareholders;  provided,  however,
that  prior to  approval  of the Plan by the  Company's  shareholders  but after
adoption  by the  Board of  Directors,  Options  may be  granted  under the Plan
subject to obtaining such approval.

                                       -9-

<PAGE>
         20.      Term of Plan

         No Option  shall be granted  pursuant  to the Plan after ten (10) years
from the earlier of the date of  adoption of the Plan by the Board of  Directors
of the Company or the date of approval by the Company's shareholders.


                                      -10-


                                    AGREEMENT

         THIS  AGREEMENT  ("Agreement")  is  effective  as of  the  16Th  day of
December,  1996  (the  "Effective  Date"),  by and  between  K-V  PHARMACEUTICAL
COMPANY,  2503  South  Hanley  Road,  St.  Louis,  Missouri  63144,  a  Delaware
corporation ("Employer"), and MARC S. HERMELIN ("Employee").

         WHEREAS,  Employee has been employed by Employer for twenty-three  (23)
years and continues to serve as the Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
Employer and has made  significant  contributions to Employer during the term of
his employment;

         WHEREAS,   Employer   desires  to  assure   itself  of  the   continued
availability of the services of Employee and Employee  desires to be employed by
Employer;

         WHEREAS,  Employer  and Employee  executed an  agreement of  employment
dated  November 15, 1991,  which  agreement  amended and restated  certain prior
agreements (collectively, the "Employment Agreement");

         WHEREAS, Employer and Employee desire to amend and restate the terms of
the Employment Agreement and believe that it is to their mutual benefit to enter
into this Agreement.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,   in  consideration  of  the  mutual  promises  herein
contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency
of which are hereby acknowledged, Employer and Employee agree as follows:

         1.  Affiliates.  Employer  has or may in the  future  have  one or more
subsidiaries and/or affiliated companies (hereafter  collectively referred to as
the "Companies").  From time to time, Employer and the Companies may exchange or
use  facilities,  technology  and/or  Confidential  Information (as that term is
defined below) of the other.

         2.  Services.  Employer  hereby agrees to employ  Employee and Employee
agrees to be employed by Employer for the term of this Agreement in the capacity
of Vice  Chairman  and Chief  Executive  Officer  or in such other  capacity  as
Employer  and  Employee  shall  mutually  agree.  Employee  shall be employed at
Employer's  offices in St. Louis,  Missouri,  or such other location as shall be
mutually agreeable to Employee and Employer.  During the term of this Agreement,
Employee agrees to devote his best efforts to the performance of such reasonable
duties,  commensurate  with his  position(s),  as shall be mutually agreed to by
Employer and Employee.

         3. Term. The initial term of the Agreement shall begin on the Effective
Date,  and  shall  extend  through  March 31,  2002,  and  shall  thereafter  be
automatically renewed for successive twelve (12) month periods, unless and until
terminated by either Employee or Employer upon written notice to the other given
not less than ninety (90) calendar  days prior to the  expiration of the initial
term of this Agreement or any such renewal term.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,


<PAGE>
Employee  may  terminate  this  Agreement  at any time and for any  reason,  and
Employer may  terminate  this  Agreement at any time for Cause.  For purposes of
this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean that (i) Employee has committed a breach of a
fiduciary duty,  embezzlement,  larceny,  or has willfully failed to perform his
duties  to  Employer,  and in so doing  has acted  with  full  knowledge  of all
pertinent facts;  and (ii) such act has had a material and demonstrable  adverse
effect on  Employer.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  the phrase "term of this
Agreement" shall include the initial term and any and all renewal terms.

         4.       Compensation.

         (a) Base Salary.  For the fiscal year ending March 31, 1997, (the "Base
Year")  Employee is being paid a base  salary (the "Base  Salary") at the annual
rate of Five Hundred Ninety Three Thousand  Sixty-Eight Dollars  ($593,068).  As
compensation  for his services under  Paragraph 2, and in  consideration  of the
obligations  undertaken by Employee,  Employee shall receive annual compensation
in an amount equal to the Base Salary, increased, cumulatively, as of April 1 of
each year during the term of this  Agreement  subsequent to the Base Year by the
greater of eight percent (8%) or the  percentage  increase in the cost of living
for the preceding  calendar  year,  as measured by the U.S.  Department of Labor
Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers,  U.S. City Average,  All Items, or
comparable  index then in use (the "C.P.I."),  or at such other rate as shall be
mutually  agreed to by Employer and  Employee.  For purposes of this  Agreement,
Base  Salary  at any time  shall  mean  Base  Salary  as  adjusted  annually  in
accordance with the preceding sentence.  All salary payments (whether under this
Paragraph  or  another  Paragraph  of  this  Agreement)  shall  be  paid at such
intervals  as Employer  pays its other  executive  employees,  unless  otherwise
specifically agreed to by Employer and Employee.

         (b) Annual Bonus.  Employee  shall receive an annual bonus equal to the
following  percentage of the  Employer's  net income,  calculated on and payable
with respect to each incremental level of net income:

Employer's Net Income                   Employee's Bonus Percentage

Below $200,000                                    0%
$200,000 - $600,000                               5%
$600,000 - $3,000,000                             7%
$3,000,000 -$5,000,000                            6%
$5,000,000 - $10,000,000                          5%
Over $10,000,000                                  4%

         Employer  and  Employee  agree to  negotiate  in  advance  of the final
determination of the bonus, mutually acceptable terms and conditions under which
Employer pays Employee the bonus, in one or more of the following forms:


                                        2

<PAGE>
                  (i) Incentive Stock Options granted under Employer's  existing
         option plan or a similar plan applying the Black-Scholes option pricing
         model to  determine  the number of options  equivalent  in value to the
         Bonus to be paid by the delivery of Incentive Stock Options;

                  (ii) Shares of Restricted Stock equal in number to the portion
         of the Bonus to be paid by the delivery of Restricted Stock, divided by
         the fair  market  value of the same  class of  unrestricted  shares  of
         Employer's common stock to be so delivered;

                  (iii) Discounted Stock Options applying a discount  negotiated
         by Employer  and Employee and using the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing
         model to determine the number of discounted options equivalent in value
         to the portion of the Bonus to be paid by the  delivery  of  Discounted
         Stock Options; and/or

                  (iv)     Cash

         For purposes of this Agreement, calculations based on the Black-Scholes
option  pricing  model  shall  be made in the  same  manner,  applying  the same
assumptions  used in  Employer's  most recent  annual  proxy  statement.  Should
Employer and Employee fail to reach an agreement regarding the form of the Bonus
after negotiating in good faith, the Bonus as finally  determined by the formula
provided in this Paragraph shall be paid in cash.

         For purposes of  calculating  Employer's  net income to  determine  the
amount of the annual bonus,  the consolidated net income after taxes of Employer
and the  Companies  shall be  calculated  by the  Independent  Certified  Public
Accountants  regularly  in the employ of Employer,  based on generally  accepted
accounting  principles  consistently  applied,  without regard to the payment of
such bonus.  Employer shall promptly provide Employee with a written copy of all
calculations hereunder. Employee's bonus, if any, shall be payable within ninety
(90) calendar days following the end of each fiscal year of Employer  during the
term of this Agreement.

         Funds for the exercise of stock  options under  Paragraphs  4(b)(i) and
(iii) may be loaned by the Employer to Employee,  at the  agreement of Employer.
Such loans shall bear  interest at the long-term  federal rate  published by the
Internal Revenue Service ("AFR") as of the date of the loan.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, consistent with his historical practice,
Employee  may in his sole  discretion  elect to receive a lesser  bonus based on
consideration for Employer.

         (c) Expenses.  Employer agrees to reimburse Employee for all reasonable
business  expenses  incurred  by  Employee in the  performance  of his  services
hereunder,  including,  but not be  limited  to,  business  travel,  association
membership dues and fees, subscriptions, and the maintenance of an office in his
home(s) for business use which expenses shall be substantiated to the reasonable
satisfaction of Employer.

                                        3

<PAGE>
         (d)  Vacation.  Employee  shall be  entitled to not less than eight (8)
weeks vacation during each fiscal year of Employer, during which time Employee's
compensation  shall  be  paid  in  full.  Vacations  need  not be  taken  over a
consecutive  eight (8) week period or at any  specific  time or times during the
course of any fiscal year. If Employee  takes less than eight (8) weeks vacation
during  any  fiscal  year,  he shall be  entitled  to carry over such days or to
receive a cash payment at such time as he elects equal to the pro rata amount of
his Base Salary for the portion of his vacation period not taken.

         (e) Automobile.  So long as Employee  continues to fulfill the position
as Vice  Chairman  of the Board,  Employer  agrees to provide  Employee  with an
automobile  (or  comparable  allowance)  similar  to  the  automobile  presently
provided for Employee's use plus a reasonable  estimate of the average  expenses
of its operation, insurance, maintenance and repair.

         (f) Financial  Services.  During the term of  Employee's  employment by
Employer  under this  Agreement,  Employer  agrees to provide  Employee  with an
annual  allowance  of up to Ten  Thousand  Dollars  ($10,000) to be used for tax
preparation,  estate planning and other similar  financial  services provided to
Employee  by  qualified  consultants  chosen  by and in the sole  discretion  of
Employee.

         (g) Deferred Compensation.  During the term of Employee's employment by
Employer under this Agreement,  Employee shall be entitled to participate in the
same  qualified  or  nonqualified  deferred  compensation  plans made  available
generally to other executive employees of Employer. In addition, Employer agrees
to implement  concurrent  with this  Agreement  the Deferred  Compensation  Plan
effective January 1, 1997,  providing  Employee with the opportunity to defer up
to fifty  percent (50%) of Base Salary and up to one hundred  percent  (100%) of
Employee's bonus during the term of Employee's employment by Employer.

         (h)  Charitable  Contribution.  In addition to any benefits that may be
payable to Employee on death pursuant to this  Agreement,  Employer shall make a
charitable  gift at the time of  Employee's  death  to the  charity  elected  by
Employee in the amount of Five Hundred  Thousand  Dollars  ($500,000).  However,
such amount shall be reduced if Employee  terminates  employment under the terms
of Paragraph 2 prior to  attaining  age sixty (60) by twenty  percent  (20%) for
each complete  twelve (12) month period between the retirement date and the date
that Employee  attains age sixty (60). The charity selected by Employee shall be
a  registered  public  charity,  university  or other  organization  approved by
Employer  (which  approval  shall  not be  unreasonably  withheld)  and to which
contributions are tax deductible to Employer for federal income tax purposes.

         (i) Miscellaneous. During the term of Employee's employment by Employer
under this Agreement,  Employer agrees to provide Employee with all other fringe
benefits  as are  from  time to time  available  generally  to  other  executive
employees of Employer.


                                        4

<PAGE>
         5.       Insurance Benefits.

         (a) Life  Insurance.  Employee shall be entitled to the same group term
life insurance  coverage  provided by Employer to other  executive  employees of
Employer.

         In  addition,  Employer  shall  continue  and  maintain  two  (2)  life
insurance  policies on Employee's life (the "Policies")  subject to that certain
split  dollar  agreement  dated  July 1,  1990 and  that  certain  split  dollar
agreement  dated  November 8, 1991 as each agreement may be amended from time to
time by the mutual consent of the parties (the "Split Dollar Agreements").

         In this  connection,  Employer  agrees to  continue to make the premium
payments contemplated by the Split Dollar Agreements except that such agreements
shall be amended to provide that  Employee  shall pay that portion of the annual
premiums due on the Policies equal to the economic  benefit that would otherwise
be attributable to Employee by reason of the death benefits  payable to Employee
under the Split Dollar Agreements (the "Economic  Benefit").  The balance of the
annual  premiums  contemplated by the Split Dollar  Agreements  shall be paid by
Employer.  Employer further agrees to pay Employee an additional amount equal to
the  Economic  Benefit to  Employee  grossed up to offset the  federal and state
marginal  income tax to Employee  generated  by this  additional  payment.  Such
additional  amount  shall be paid to  Employee in each year and at the same time
Employee is required to make an annual  premium  payment under the revised Split
Dollar Agreements.

         Upon the death of Employee or upon  cancellation  of the Policies  with
the mutual  consent of  Employee  and  Employer,  Employer  shall be entitled to
recover the greater of all premiums paid by Employer, net of reimbursements,  or
the  cash  surrender  value  of  the  Policies  as of  the  date  of  Employee's
retirement, net of any Employer loans or withdrawals. To assure the repayment of
such  amounts,  the  owner(s)  of the  Policies  shall  collaterally  assign the
Policies to Employer as security for Employer's interest in the Policies. In the
event Employer fails to make the premium payments  required by the revised Split
Dollar  Agreements or the additional  bonus described in this paragraph,  within
sixty (60) days of the date the  premium is due,  Employee  shall be entitled to
submit a thirty (30) day demand  letter to Employer  requesting  payment of such
amounts.  If  Employer  fails to make such  payments  within the thirty (30) day
notice  period,  the Split Dollar  Agreements  shall  terminate and the Policies
shall be  distributed  to Employee as provided in the Split  Dollar  Agreements.
However,  Employer  shall continue to be obligated to pay to Employee the amount
of the premium  payments and additional  bonus which would otherwise be required
by this Agreement and the Split Dollar Agreements for the period contemplated by
the Split Dollar Agreements.

         (b) Disability.  If and to the extent obtainable by Employer,  Employer
shall provide  Employee with one or more  noncancellable  policies of disability
insurance or a mutually  acceptable  equivalent  thereof which  provides for the

                                        5

<PAGE>
payment, in the event of the disability of Employee in accordance with the terms
of such policies,  of monthly  installments  equal to sixty percent (60%) of the
Base Salary of Employee,  as in effect under Paragraph 4, for the longer of: (A)
the benefit period provided under the insurance contracts, or (B) until Employee
reaches (or would have  reached)  sixty-five  (65) years of age,  which  amounts
shall  continue  to be  payable  to such  beneficiary  or  beneficiaries  as are
designated  by  Employee  in the event of  Employee's  death  during  the period
provided  for the  payment  thereof.  The  value  of the  disability  protection
provided to Employee  shall be imputed to Employee  currently  in order that the
ultimate disability benefits shall be income tax free.

         (c) Medical.  Employer shall provide Employee,  at Employer's  expense,
with health, accident, major medical and such other insurance coverage of a kind
and in amounts not less than those presently being provided Employee and no less
than those provided by Employer to other executive  employees during the term of
this Agreement.

         (d) Continuation of Coverage. After Employee is no longer in the active
employ of Employer,  to the extent  permitted by  Employer's  insurer,  Employee
shall continue to participate  in Employer's  regular life and health  insurance
programs at Employer's  expense.  Such continued insurance shall continue for so
long as permitted by Employer's insurer but in no event for longer than Employee
is receiving  payments  under this  Agreement or under any other  employment  of
consulting agreement between Employer and Employee, or, if earlier, in the event
of Employee's  voluntary  retirement  or permanent  disability,  until  Employee
reaches age seventy (70).

         6.  Pre-retirement  Voluntary  Termination.   If  Employee  voluntarily
terminates his employment prior to attaining age sixty-five  (65),  Employee may
elect to provide  consulting  services in the areas  described in Paragraph 7(a)
between the date of such voluntary  termination  and thereafter  until not later
than the age of sixty-five  (65),  provided that such services may be terminated
by Employer  upon not less than ninety (90) days' notice at any time:  (i) after
such  services  have been  provided by Employee  for five (5) years,  or (ii) if
Employee is terminated  under  Paragraph 3 during the initial five (5) years, or
(iii) if Employee is unwilling to devote the minimum hours under Paragraph 6(a),
when and if needed,  at mutually agreed upon times, and Employee has not elected
to retire and receive  payments  under  Paragraph 7 (such period is  hereinafter
referred to as the  "Pre-retirement  Period"),  then during such  Pre-retirement
Period,  Employee's  employment  shall be  subject  to the  following  terms and
conditions:

         (a)  Employee  shall  devote a minimum  of three  hundred  (300)  hours
annually,  on an as-needed  basis as Employer and Employee shall agree,  for the
benefit of Employer.  Additional  hours worked over three hundred (300) shall be
compensated  on a pro-rata  basis.  Employee  shall be  compensated in an amount
equal to fifty  percent  (50%) of the Base Salary  being paid to Employee at the
time of his voluntary termination, adjusted annually, as of April 1 of each year
during the  Pre-retirement  Period,  by the greater of eight percent (8%) or the

                                        6

<PAGE>
C.P.I.  Employee  shall also be  compensated in an amount equal to fifty percent
(50%) of the annual bonus under  Paragraph 4(b) or on a pro-rata basis for hours
worked in excess of three hundred (300).

         (b) Additionally,  during the Pre-retirement Period,  Employee shall be
entitled to  participate in and continue to vest in all benefits he was entitled
to and was receiving during his employment period.

         (c) Employee's  termination  under this  Paragraph  shall be considered
voluntary only if such  termination is by Employee without duress from Employer,
its directors,  officers,  or shareholders,  or any federal or state agency, its
officers, agents, employees or directors.

         7. Retirement Benefits and Continued Services.  Any time after reaching
age fifty-five (55),  Employee may, as this sole option,  retire from performing
services  under the terms of Paragraph 2 or 6, and shall  (except in the case of
complete  disability  discussed in Paragraph 7(c)) perform  services as provided
under this Paragraph 7.

         (a) Consulting Services.  After retirement,  Employee agrees to perform
consulting services at the request of Employer for a ten (10) year period in the
following areas:

                  (i)  Industry and customer relations;
                  (ii) Strategic and financial planning and commercial  business
                       development; 
                  (iii)Mergers, Acquisitions and Divestitures; 
                  (iv) Application of Employer and Industry knowledge; 
                  (v)  Assistance in respect of the continuity of Employer's 
                       operations;  
                  (vi) Investment community relations.

Employee  agrees to devote up to three  hundred  (300)  hours  annually  for the
benefit of Employer  and to serve on the Board of  Directors,  at the request of
Employer.  Additional hours worked over three hundred (300) shall be compensated
on a pro-rata  basis.  To assist  Employee  in the  performance  of his  duties,
Employer shall provide Employee with internal support services consisting of one
(1)  full-time   employee  as  Project   Coordinator,   and  administrative  and
secretarial services as needed.  Employee shall have final approval with respect
to the selection of the Project Coordinator.

         (b) Consulting Compensation. Employee shall be entitled to compensation
for his  consulting  services  to be paid in the form of a single  life  annuity
equal to fifteen  percent (15%) of Employee's  Base Salary for the year in which
retirement  occurs  ("Final Base  Salary")  payable  each year  beginning at age
sixty-five  (65) and  continuing for the longer of ten (10) years or the life of
Employee.  Such payments  shall  continue to be payable to such  beneficiary  or
beneficiaries  as are  designated by Employee in the event of  Employee's  death
during the period  provided  for the  payment  thereof.  In  addition,  for each
additional complete year of employment under the terms of Paragraph 2 or 6 after
attaining  age fifty- five (55),  Employee  shall be  entitled  to an  increased
annual benefit based on the following  percentage  (the "Vested  Percentage") of

                                        7

<PAGE>
the  difference  between (i) fifteen  percent (15%) of Employee's  Final Average
Compensation, and (ii) fifteen percent (15%) of Employee's Base Salary.

         Post 55 years
         of Employment                       Vested %
         --------------------------------------------
              1                              40%
              2                              60%
              3                              80%
              4                              90%
              5 or More                     100%

In addition,  each annual benefit shall be increased by the C.P.I. as defined in
Paragraph 4(a).

         For purposes of this Agreement, "Final Average Compensation" shall mean
Employee's average annual compensation  (including bonuses and other non-regular
forms of  compensation  and adding back voluntary  deferrals  under any Employer
benefit  plans)  earned from Employer  during the highest three (3)  consecutive
years of the five (5) year period ending coincident with or immediately prior to
the retirement  date.  If, prior to retirement  under this Paragraph 7, Employee
was performing services under Paragraph 6, "Final Average Compensation" shall be
calculated  using one hundred  percent (100%) of the Employee's Base Salary plus
bonuses as if Employee was performing  services on a full-time basis during such
years.

         (c) Disability.  In the event of Employee's  retirement from performing
services  under  Paragraph  2 or 6 as a result  of  disability,  Employee  shall
continue to perform the consulting  services  specified in Paragraph 7(a) to the
extent Employee is able to do so. In the event of Employee's complete disability
on  or  after  retirement,  Employee  shall  nevertheless  be  entitled  to  the
consulting  compensation  provided in Paragraph 7(b). In the event of Employee's
disability on or after retirement, Employee shall continue to be entitled to the
benefits  provided  under  Paragraphs  7(d) and (e) below.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing, the total annual benefits for any year payable under Paragraphs 7(c),
(d) and (e) shall be offset by the amount of any disability benefits payable for
such year under Paragraph 5(b).

         (d) Restrictive  Covenants.  After  retirement,  in  consideration  for
complying with the  restrictive  covenants  described in Paragraph 12,  Employee
shall receive additional compensation in the form of a single life annuity equal
to fifteen  percent  (15%) of  Employee's  Final Base Salary  payable  each year
beginning at age sixty-five (65) and continuing for the longer of ten (10) years
or the life of  Employee.  Such  payments  shall  continue to be payable to such
beneficiary  or  beneficiaries  as are  designated  by  Employee in the event of
Employee's  death  during  the  period  provided  for the  payment  thereof.  In
addition,  for each  additional  complete year of employment  under the terms of
Paragraph 2 or 6 after attaining age fifty-five (55), Employee shall be entitled

                                        8

<PAGE>
to an increased annual benefit based on the Vested  Percentage of the difference
between (i) fifteen percent (15%) of Employee's Final Average Compensation,  and
(ii) fifteen percent (15%) of Employee's  Final Base Salary.  In addition,  each
annual benefit shall be increased cumulatively by the C.P.I.

         (e) Retirement  Compensation.  In addition to the compensation provided
for in (b) and (c) above,  Employee  shall be  entitled  to  receive  retirement
compensation  paid in the form of a single life annuity equal to thirty  percent
(30%) of Employee's  Final Base Salary payable each year beginning at retirement
and  continuing  for the longer of ten (10) years or the life of Employee.  Such
payments shall continue to be payable to such  beneficiary or  beneficiaries  as
are  designated by Employee in the event of  Employee's  death during the period
provided for the payment thereof. In addition, for each additional complete year
of  employment  under the terms of Paragraph 2 or 6 after  attaining  age fifty-
five (55),  Employee  shall be entitled to an increased  annual benefit based on
the Vested  Percentage  of the  difference  between (i) thirty  percent (30%) of
Employee's  Final  Average  Compensation,  and  (ii)  thirty  percent  (30%)  of
Employee's  Final  Base  Salary.  In  addition,  each  annual  benefit  shall be
increased cumulatively by the C.P.I.

         (f)  Election  of  Alternative  Form of  Payment.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing, for each of the above pieces of compensation payable over the life of
Employee,  Employee  shall be  entitled  to elect an  earlier  start  date after
retirement or an alternative  form (such as joint and survivor) of annuity which
shall be actuarially  adjusted to equate to the original benefit provided for in
this Paragraph 7. Such actuarial  calculations shall be performed by a qualified
actuary based on generally accepted actuarial principles.

         8.       Termination Benefits.

         (a) Triggering  Event. A "Triggering  Event" shall mean (i) termination
of this  Agreement  by its terms and with no  renewal,  or (ii)  termination  of
Employee's  employment  with  Employer in the capacity  described in Paragraph 2
during  the  term of  this  Agreement  for  any  reason  whatsoever  other  than
Employee's  voluntary  termination of employment or retirement,  as contemplated
under  Paragraph 6 or 7,  respectively,  or Employee's  death or disability,  or
(iii)  even if this  Agreement  is  still  in force  and  Employee  has not been
terminated,  failure of Employer to  maintain  the Letter of Credit  required by
Paragraph 9.

         (b) Termination  Payments.  Employer shall pay Employee, on the date of
the Triggering  Event, a lump sum cash payment (the "Lump Sum Payment") equal to
one (1) times  Employee's Base Salary as in effect on the date of the Triggering
Event; and Employer shall make monthly cash payments to Employee or his assigns,
on the first day of each of the thirty-six  (36) calendar  months  following the
date of the Triggering  Event,  equal to seventy-five  percent (75%) of the Lump
Sum Payment  divided by twelve (12). If Employee shall die during the thirty-six
(36) month period, any payments remaining due hereunder shall be accelerated and

                                        9

<PAGE>
shall become immediately due and payable to Employee's beneficiaries, or if none
have been designated by Employee, to the estate of Employee.

         (c) Adjustment of Stock Options and Restricted  Stock.  With respect to
any stock options or restricted  stock held by Employee at the occurrence of the
Triggering  Event,  such options or restricted stock agreements shall be amended
by Employer,  as of such time,  provided that the  provisions of the  applicable
stock optionor  restricted stock plans or agreements  provide for such amendment
and the  employment  record of Employee over the full tenure of such  Employee's
employment so justifies (the  determination  of which shall be made by the Board
of Directors of Employer,  but shall not be unreasonably  withheld) and provided
Employee has not been  terminated for Cause, to provide that upon the occurrence
of the  Triggering  Event:  (i) Employee  shall have the right to exercise  such
options for up to a two (2) year period following the Triggering Event, (ii) all
such stock options and restricted stock shall become  immediately  fully vested,
and (iii) any Holding Period  requirement with regard to any restricted stock or
shares purchased  pursuant to the exercise of a stock option shall be waived and
shall be inapplicable to such shares.

         (d) Payments Not Conditioned on Services.  Employer's obligations under
his  Paragraph  8,  including  the  making of any  monetary  payments,  shall be
independent of, and not conditioned upon,  Employee's  rendering  services under
Paragraph 6 or 7.

         9.       Letter of Credit.

         (a) Terms.  Employer has  delivered  to Employee  and will  continue to
maintain in effect during the term of Employee's  employment  under  Paragraph 2
and for the period of any unfilled  obligation  of Employer to make  payments to
Employee  under  Paragraph 8 an  irrevocable  letter of credit  (the  "Letter of
Credit"),  form a bank mutually acceptable to Employer and Employee (the "Bank")
for an amount which at all times  during the term thereof  shall be equal to the
lesser of: (A) three (3) times Employee's Base Salary, or (B) the amount payable
by Employer  under  Paragraph 8 after  deducting  any amounts  actually  paid to
Employee thereunder. Employer shall provide Employee with a copy of any amended,
extended or  replacement  Letter of Credit not later than ten (10) business days
prior to the effective date thereof and shall notify  Employee in writing of any
impending expiration of the Letter of Credit, as in effect at any time, no later
than forty-five (45) days prior to the expiration date of the Letter of Credit.

         The Letter of Credit  shall  provide  that  Employee  may draw upon the
Letter of credit the aggregate  amount of all payments to be made by Employer to
Employee under Paragraph 8 and not previously paid, in lieu of such payments, if
the following conditions exist:

                  (A)  (I)   Employee's   employment   with  Employer  has  been
         terminated  during the term of this agreement for any reason whatsoever
         (other than voluntary retirement, death, or permanent disability); or

                                       10

<PAGE>
                           (II) This  Agreement  has not been  renewed  upon the
         expiration of the initial term or any renewal term; or

                           (III) Employer has ceased operations; and

                  (B)  Employer  shall have failed,  refused,  or been unable to
         make the Lump Sum Payment or any monthly  payment to Employee  required
         by Paragraph 8, for any reason whatsoever.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing,  whether or not a condition described in
subparagraph  (A) or (B) exists,  and whether or not  Employee's  employment has
been terminated,  if the Letter of Credit is not renewed by the Bank or replaced
by Employer  within  twenty (20) days prior to the  expiration  of the Letter of
Credit at any time during the term of Employee's  employment  under Paragraph 2,
Employee  shall be  entitled  to draw upon the  Letter of Credit  the  aggregate
amount of all payments to be made by Employer to Employee under Paragraph 8.

         The Letter of Credit shall further  provide that funds  represented  by
the Letter of Credit shall be available to Employee thereunder against:

                  (A)  Employee's  sight  draft  drawn on the bank,  bearing the
         number of the Letter of Credit; and

                  (B)  Employee's  signed  certificate,  in  one  of  the  forms
         attached  to the  Letter  of  Credit,  stating  that one or more of the
         event(s)  specified in Paragraph 9(a) has occurred and the date of such
         occurrence.

         Payment  of  the  Letter  of  Credit   shall  not   require  any  other
documentation or the fulfillment of any other conditions of any kind.

         (b)  Limitation  on  Use.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary
contained in this Paragraph 9, Employee  agrees that if a Triggering  Event,  as
defined in Paragraph 8, has occurred and Employer has not employed a replacement
chief executive  officer,  Employee will not exercise his rights to draw against
the Letter of Credit for a period not to exceed four (4) months from the date of
such Triggering Event. Provided,  however, that Employee shall not be prohibited
from  exercising  his right to draw against the Letter of Credit during the four
(4) month period if:

                  (i) the Letter of credit  will expire in less than twenty (20)
days or is in  jeopardy  of not  being  maintained  for any  reason,  and is not
scheduled to be renewed or replaced by Employer;

                  (ii) Employer is adjudicated a bankrupt or makes an assignment
for the benefit of creditors;

                                       11

<PAGE>
                  (iii)  Bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  arrangement,
debt adjustment,  liquidation or receivership proceedings,  in which Employer is
alleged  to be  insolvent  or  unable  to pay  its  debts  as they  mature,  are
instituted by or against  Employer,  and Employer  consents thereto or admits in
writing the material  allegations of the petitions filed in said  proceedings or
said proceedings remain undismissed for sixty (60) days;

                  (iv)  There is an entry of a decree or order for  relieve by a
court having  jurisdiction with respect to Employer in an involuntary case under
the federal bankruptcy laws against Employer,  or Employer  commences  voluntary
proceedings under federal bankruptcy laws;

                  (v) A  significant  portion  of  the  assets  of  Employer  is
attached;

                  (vi) A judgment is obtained in a legal or equitable proceeding
against Employer and the sale of a significant  portion of Employer's  assets is
contemplated or threatened under legal process as a result of such judgment; or

                  (vii) an execution  process is issued  against  Employer which
affects a significant portion of Employer's assets or the existence or operation
of the Letter of Credit,  which is not removed or satisfied  within  twenty (20)
days.

         (c) Employee's Election. If at any time Employee: (i) has exercised his
right to draw against the Letter of Credit  provided for under this Paragraph 9,
and (ii) there is a Change of Control and Employee becomes eligible for benefits
under Paragraph 10 of this Agreement,  then the benefits which Employee would be
entitled to receive under Paragraph 10 shall be reduced by the proceeds Employee
received  when  Employee  exercised  his  rights to draw  against  the Letter of
Credit;  provided,  however,  that if the proceeds  received  from the Letter of
Credit exceed the benefits to be received  under  Paragraph  10, this  Paragraph
shall not be construed to require Employee to repay any amounts to Employer.

         10.      Change of Control.

         (a) Definition.  For purposes of this Agreement,  a "Change of Control"
of Employer shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events:

                  (i) any "person," as such term is used in Sections 3(a)(9) and
13(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, becomes a "beneficial  owner," as
such term is used in Rule 13d-3  promulgated  under that Act, of twenty  percent
(20%) or more of the voting stock of Employer.

                  (ii) the majority of the Board consists of  individuals  other
than Incumbent Directors,  which term means the members of the Board on the date
of this Agreement;  provided that any person  becoming a director  subsequent to


                                       12

<PAGE>
such date whose  election or nomination for election was supported by two-thirds
(2/3) of the directors  who then  comprised  the  Incumbent  Directors  shall be
considered to be an Incumbent Director;

                  (iii) Employer  adopts any plan of  liquidation  providing for
the distribution of all or substantially all of its assets;

                  (iv) all or  substantially  all of the assets or  business  of
Employer is disposed of pursuant to a merger, consolidation or other transaction
(unless  the  shareholders  of  Employer   immediately  prior  to  such  merger,
consolidation or other transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly,  in
substantially the same proportion as they owned the voting stock of the company,
all of the voting stock or other ownership  interests of the entity or entities,
if any; that succeed to the business of Employer); or

                  (v)  Employer   combines  with  another  company  and  is  the
surviving  corporation but, immediately after the combination,  the shareholders
of Employer,  immediately  prior to the combination  hold, direct or indirectly,
fifty percent (50%) or less of the voting stock of the combined  company  (there
being excluded from the number of shares held by such shareholders, but not from
the voting stock of the combined  company,  any shares received by affiliates of
such other company in exchange for stock of such other company).

         (b)  Termination  After Change in Control.  In the event of a Change of
Control of  Employer,  if (i)  immediately  preceding  such  Change of  Control,
Employee was providing services under Paragraph 2, 6, or 13, and (ii) Employee's
employment in such capacity  terminates within three (3) years after such Change
of Control ("Termination"), voluntarily or involuntarily, with or without cause,
for any reason  whatsoever,  except  for the death or  disability  of  Employee,
Employee  shall be entitled to the  benefits  provided in Paragraph  10(c).  For
purposes of this Agreement, "Date of Termination" shall mean the date on which a
Notice of  Termination  is given,  unless the parties agree to another date, and
"Notice of Termination" shall mean a written notice communicated by either party
to the other party which indicates that  Employee's  employment with Employer is
being terminated.

         (c)      Payments on Termination After Change in Control.

                  (i) Employee's  Base Salary through the Date of Termination at
the rate in  effect  on the date  Notice  of  Termination  is  given,  including
expenses,  vacation pay,  allowances and other  compensation  and benefits under
Paragraphs 4 and 5, and (ii) the amount,  if any, of any bonus for a past fiscal
year (and pro rata for any portion of the then  current  fiscal year through the
Date of Termination) which has not been awarded or paid under any bonus plans in
which  Employee is entitled to  participate at the time of the Change of Control
or under other bonus plans at least as  beneficial  to  Employee.  In  addition,
Employer  shall  continue  in full force and effect for the  benefit of Employee
through the Date of Termination all stock  ownership,  purchase or option plans,


                                       13

<PAGE>
employee  benefit or compensation  plans,  and insurance or disability  plans in
effect  immediately  preceding  the  Change of  Control  or plans  substantially
similar thereto.

                  (ii) In lieu of any further payments or benefits to be paid or
otherwise  provided under  Paragraph 4 (excluding any stock option or restricted
stock grants and any deferred  compensation  benefits  payable under  Paragraphs
4(b) and (g)) for any period  subsequent  to the Date of  Termination,  Employer
shall pay as  severance  pay  ("Severance  Pay") to  Employee a lump sum payment
equal to the sum of: (A) two and  one-half  (2-1/2)  times the  greater  of: (x)
Employee's  Base Salary  immediately  prior to the Date of  Termination,  or (y)
Employee's  Base  Salary  in effect  immediately  prior to the date on which the
Change of Control  occurred,  and (B) Employee's  bonus,  if any, which would be
payable  in respect of the thirty  (30) month  period  beginning  on the Date of
Termination  as if Employee had continued his position,  computed based upon the
formula in Paragraph 4(b). Such Severance Pay shall be subject to all applicable
federal and state  income  taxes.  The portion of the  Severance  Pay based upon
Employee's  Base Salary shall be paid on or before the fifth (5th) day following
the Date of  Termination,  and the portion of the  Severance  Pay based upon any
bonus plan shall be paid to Employee as and when payable  under the terms of the
applicable plan had Employee's employment continued. Employee, by written notice
to  Employer at any time prior to a Change of Control of Employer or the Date of
Termination,  may elect, in his sole  discretion,  to receive said Severance Pay
interest-free  at a future time, but in no event any later than twenty-four (24)
months after the Date of Termination.

                  (iii) To the extent not otherwise provided for under the terms
of any of Employer's stock option  agreements,  all stock options and restricted
stock granted by Employer or any  predecessor of Employer to Employee shall vest
and be exercisable or transferable as of the Date of Termination and, except for
"incentive  stock options" within the meaning of 26 U.S.C.  ss.422,  all options
shall  remain  fully  exercisable  for  six (6)  months  following  the  Date of
Termination. In addition, any holding period for the underlying shares specified
under any of Employer's  stock option  agreements or restricted stock agreements
with Employee  shall  automatically  be amended and deemed to be the earlier of:
(i) two (2) years from the date of  exercise  of the stock  option,  or (ii) the
Date of Termination.

                  (iv) Employer shall maintain in full force and effect, for the
continued benefit of Employee and members of Employee's  family, for a period of
thirty (30) months after the Date of Termination, all employee benefit plans and
programs,  including,  but not  limited  to plans and  programs  provided  under
Paragraphs 4, 5, 6, and 7 concerning profit-sharing, retirement, life insurance,
medical,  health and accident,  automobile and  disability  plans or programs in
which he or such family members were entitled to participate  immediately  prior
to:  (i) the  Date of  Termination,  or (ii)  the  date of  Change  of  Control,
whichever plans provide greater benefits,  provided that continued participation
is possible  under the general terms and  provisions of such plans and programs.
To the extent the terms of the individual agreements or policies contemplated by
Paragraph 5 require  benefits to be  provided  for a period  which would be less


                                       14

<PAGE>
than thirty (30) months after the Date of Termination,  then notwithstanding the
terms of Paragraph 5 to the  contrary,  Employer  shall  provide  benefits for a
period  of time no less  than  thirty  (30)  months  from and  after the date of
Termination.  If Employee's participation in any such plan or program is barred,
Employer shall arrange to provide Employee with benefits  substantially  similar
to those  which  Employee  would be  entitled  to  receive  under such plans and
programs as if Employee's participation was not barred.

                  (v)  In  lieu  of the  compensation  and  retirement  benefits
provided  under  Paragraph  7,  Employee  shall be entitled to receive an annual
retirement  benefit equal to sixty  percent  (60%) of  Employee's  Final Average
Compensation  (as defined in  Paragraph  7) payable in the form of a single life
annuity over the life of Employee beginning at age sixty-five (65). Such benefit
shall not be conditioned on the covenants  described in Paragraph 7. If Employee
has elected an actuarially  reduced  alternative  form of benefit as provided in
Paragraph 7(e), the retirement benefit shall be paid in such alternative form.

         (d)  Coordination  with  Paragraph 8. The benefits  provided under this
Paragraph  10 shall  be in lieu of the  benefits  provided  under  Paragraph  8.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Employee may elect,  by written  notice to
Employer  given  within  thirty  (30)  days  after  the  date of the  Notice  of
Termination to receive the benefits  provided  under  Paragraph 8 in lieu of the
benefits provided under this Paragraph 10.

         (e)  Mitigation.  Employee shall not be required to mitigate the amount
of any payment  provided for in this Paragraph 10 by seeking other employment or
otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment provided for in this Paragraph 10
be reduced by any  compensation  earned by Employee as a result of employment by
another employer after the Date of Termination, or otherwise.

         (f)      Application of Section 280G.

                  (i) If it shall be determined that any payment or distribution
by  Employer  to or for the  benefit  of  Employee  (whether  paid or payable or
distributable pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph 10, but determined without
regard to any  additional  payments  required under  subparagraph  (c) above) (a
"Payment"),  would be  subject  to the  payment  by  Employee  of the excise tax
imposed by Section  280G(b)(2) of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1987, as amended
(the  "Code"),  or any interest or penalties is alleged to be due from  Employee
with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any interest and
penalties,  are hereinafter  collectively referred to as the "Excise Tax"), then
Employee  shall be  entitled  to receive  an  additional  payment  (a  "Gross-Up
Payment")  in an  amount  such  that  after  payment  by  Employee  of all taxes
(including  any  interest or  penalties  imposed  with  respect to such  taxes),
including,  without limitation, any income taxes and excise tax imposed upon the
Gross-Up  Payment,  Employee  retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to
the Excise Tax payable by Employee upon the Payment.


                                       15

<PAGE>
                  (ii) Subject to the provisions of  subparagraph  (c)(1) above,
all determinations required to be made under subparagraph (c), including whether
and when a Gross-Up  Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment
and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such  determination,  shall be
made by a nationally  recognized accounting firm mutually acceptable to Employee
and Employer (the "Accounting  Firm"),  which shall provide detailed  supporting
calculations  both to Employer and Employee within fifteen (15) business days of
the  receipt of notice  from  Employee  that  there has been a Payment,  or such
earlier  time  as is  requested  by  Employer.  All  fees  and  expenses  of the
Accounting  Firm shall be borne solely by Employer.  Any  Gross-Up  Payment,  as
determined  pursuant to subparagraph  (c), shall be paid by Employer to Employee
within five (5) days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm's  determination.  If
the Accounting  Firm  determines  that no Excise Tax is payable by Employee,  it
shall furnish  Employee with a written opinion that failure to report the Excise
Tax on Employee's  applicable  federal income tax return would not result in the
imposition  of a  negligence  or  similar  penalty.  Any  determination  by  the
Accounting Firm shall be binding upon Employer and Employee.  As a result of the
uncertainty  in the  application of Code Section 280G at the time of the initial
determination  by the Accounting  Firm  hereunder,  it is possible that Gross-Up
Payments  which  will not have  been  made by  Employee  should  have  been made
("Underpayment"),   consistent  with  the  calculations   required  to  be  made
hereunder. If Employer exhausts its remedies pursuant to subparagraph (c)(3) and
Employee  thereafter  is  required  to make a payment  of any  Excise  Tax,  the
Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred
and any such  Underpayment  shall be  promptly  paid by  Employer  to or for the
benefit of Employee.

         (iii)  Employee  shall  notify  Employer in writing of any claim by the
Internal  Revenue  Service  that,  if  successful,  would require the payment by
Employer of the Gross-Up Payment.  Such  notification  shall be given as soon as
practicable  but no later than ten (10) business days after Employee is informed
in writing of such claim, and shall apprise Employer of the nature of such claim
and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. Employee shall not pay
such claim prior to the  expiration of the thirty (30) day period  following the
date on which  Employee  gives such notice to Employer (or such  shorter  period
ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due).
If Employer  notifies Employee in writing prior to the expiration of such period
that it desires to contest such claim, Employee shall:

                  (A) give  Employer  any  information  reasonably  requested by
         Employer relating to such claim;

                  (B) take such action in connection  with contesting such claim
         as  Employer  shall  reasonably  request in writing  from time to time,
         including  without  limitation,  accepting  legal  representation  with
         respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by Employer;

                  (C) cooperate with Employer to contest such claim; and

                                       16

<PAGE>
                  (D) permit Employer to participate in any proceedings relating
         to such claim;

provided,  however,  that  Employer  shall bear and pay  directly  all costs and
expenses  (including  additional  interest and penalties) incurred in connection
with  such  contest  and  shall  indemnify  and hold  Employee  harmless,  on an
after-tax  basis,  for any  Excise  Tax or income tax  (including  interest  and
penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such  representation  and
payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of
this  subparagraph  (c)(3),  Employer  shall  control all  proceedings  taken in
connection  with such contest and, at its sole option,  may pursue or forego any
and all administrative  appeals,  proceedings,  hearings or conferences with the
taxing  authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole  option,  either
direct  Employee  to pay the tax  claimed  and sue for a refund,  or contest the
claim in any permissible manner.  Employee agrees to prosecute such contest to a
determination  before  any  administrative  tribunal,  in  a  court  of  initial
jurisdiction and in one or more appellate  courts,  as Employer shall determine;
provided,  however,  that if Employer directs Employee to pay such claim and sue
for a refund,  Employer  shall  advance the amount of such  payment to Employee,
interest-free,  and shall  indemnify and hold Employee  harmless on an after-tax
basis) from any Excise Tax or income tax  (including  interest or penalties with
respect  thereto)  imposed  with  respect to such advance or with respect to any
imputed  income with  respect to such  advance;  and further  provided  that any
extension of the statute of limitations relating to the payment of taxes for the
taxable year of Employee with respect to which such contested  amount is claimed
to be due is limited solely to such contested  amount.  Furthermore,  Employer's
control of a contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up
Payment would be payable hereunder,  and Employee shall be entitled to settle or
contest,  as the case may be, any other  issue  raised by the  Internal  Revenue
Service or any other taxing authority.

                  (iv) If,  after the receipt by Employee of an amount  advanced
by Employer  pursuant  to  subparagraph  (c)(3).  Employee  becomes  entitled to
receive  any refund  with  respect to such  claim,  Employee  shall  (subject to
Employer's  complying with the requirements of subparagraph  (c)(3) promptly pay
to  Employer  the amount of such  refund  (together  with any  interest  paid or
credited  thereon  after taxes  applicable  thereto).  If,  after the receipt by
Employee of an amount advanced by Employer  pursuant to subparagraph  (c)(3),  a
determination  is made that  Employee  shall not be  entitled to any refund with
respect to such claim and  Employer  does not notify  Employee in writing of its
intent to contest such denial or refund prior to the  expiration  of thirty (30)
days after such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not
be required to be repaid and the amount of such  advance  shall  offset,  to the
extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

         (g)  Adjustment  of  Index.  In the  event of a Change  of  Control  of
Employer has occurred and Employee is providing services under Paragraph 2 or 6,
then  notwithstanding  anything  herein to the contrary,  annual  adjustments to
continuing  payments due under  Paragraph 4, shall  thereafter be the greater of

                                       17

<PAGE>
ten percent (10%) or the percentage increase in the costs of living based on the
U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers, U.S. City
Average, All Items, or comparable successor index.

         11. Indemnity.  Upon the termination of Employee's employment hereunder
by any party and for any  reason,  Employer  shall  immediately,  to the fullest
extent  permitted by applicable law,  indemnify and hold Employee and Employee's
estate, heirs, personal  representatives,  successor and assigns,  harmless from
and against any and all  losses,  costs,  expenses,  claims,  damages,  demands,
liabilities,  derivative and other suits, actions and/or judgments of any nature
and description  (including,  without  limitation,  attorneys'  fees) arising in
connection  with any of  Employee's  past or  present  services  as a  director,
officer  and/or  employee of Employer or the  Companies.  Immediately  upon such
termination, Employer shall obtain a rider to its errors and omissions insurance
policy covering Employer's obligations pursuant to the Paragraph 11.

          12. Restrictive  Covenants.  During the term of Employee's  employment
under this  Agreement  (including,  for the purposes of this  Paragraph  12, any
period during which Employee is providing  services to Employer under  Paragraph
7, and for a period of three (3) years after the termination of such employment,
unless  Employer  experiences  a Change of Control or fails to make the payments
required to be made to Employee by Employer under  Paragraph 8 for reasons other
than the breach of the Agreement by Employee, Employee covenants and agrees that
Employee will not, in any manner directly or indirectly:

         (a) Except as  required in his duties to Employer or as required by law
(in which case Employee shall give Employer notice in advance of such disclosure
in  sufficient  time to  permit  Employer  to take such  legal  action as may be
necessary to prevent such disclosure,  unless the circumstances under which such
disclosure is required make it impracticable for Employee to give such notice to
Employer ), disclose or divulge to any person, entity, firm or company, directly
or  indirectly,  any  privileged  knowledge,   formulae,  devices,  confidential
information,  proprietary business methods,  unique techniques,  customer lists,
supplier lists or other data of Employer ("Confidential Information").

         (b)  Solicit,  divert,  take  away or  interfere  with:  (i) any of the
employees or agents of Employer, or (ii) any customer of or supplier to Employer
with respect to any area of business which is  competitive  with the business of
Employer at the date of such termination of employment.

         (c)  Engage,  directly  or  indirectly,  either  personally  or  as  an
employee,  partner,  associate partner,  manager, agent, advisor,  consultant or
otherwise,  or by means of any corporate or other device,  in any business which
is competitive  with the business of Employer at the date of such termination of
employment;  provided  nothing  contained  herein shall  restrict  Employee from
owning  securities of a competitor of Employer  which are listed on any National
Securities  Exchange or actively  traded over the  counter,  if Employee  has no
other  connection or  relationship,  direct or indirect,  with the issuer o such
securities.


                                       18

<PAGE>
         (d) It is the  intention of the parties to restrict the  activities  of
Employee under Paragraphs 11(a), (b) and (c) only to the extent necessary, after
a review  of all facts  and  circumstances,  for the  protection  of  legitimate
business interests of Employer,  and the parties specifically covenant and agree
that  should  any  of  the  provisions  set  forth  herein,  under  any  set  of
circumstances  not now  foreseen  by the  parties,  be deemed too board for that
purpose,  said  provisions  will  nevertheless  be valid and  enforceable to the
extent necessary for such protection. It is also agreed that Employee may engage
in  activities  which  would be covered by  Paragraph  12(c),  with the  written
consent of Employer.

         (e) To the extent that  Employer  Patent and  Confidential  Information
Agreement and Agreement to assign Inventions with Employer, entered into between
Employer and Employee, which shall remain in full force and effect, shall impose
any other or greater  obligations on Employee (and/or any obligations of greater
duration) than those set forth in this  Paragraph 12, then such greater  (and/or
longer)  obligations:  (i) shall prevail (in addition to those set forth in this
Paragraph  12); and (ii) shall  survive any  expiration or  termination  of this
Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

         (f) If  Employee  breaches  any of the terms of this  Paragraph  12, in
addition to any other rights  which  Employer  may have  against  Employee,  any
amounts due Employee  under  Paragraph 6 or 7 shall be suspended  for so long as
such violation  continues and are forfeited if the violation is not cured within
six (6) months, or waived, at Employer's option,  based on a review of the facts
and circumstances.

         13. Succession.  If Employee shall voluntarily terminate his employment
under  Paragraph 2, as provided in Paragraph 6 and 7, and a period of transition
is  needed  for a  successor  chief  executive  officer,  Employee  may,  at his
election,  provide  services,  in his position as Vice  Chairman of the Board to
assist the successor chief executive officer in the transition,  for a period of
one (1) year or such lesser period as Employee shall agree. If Employee provides
such services, then he shall receive compensation for such period, in accordance
with  Paragraph  4,  instead of  Paragraph  6 or 7, as the case may be, and only
thereafter the provisions of Paragraphs 6 and 7 shall apply.

         14.      Miscellaneous.

         (a)  Remedies.  Employee  acknowledges  and  agrees  that any breach or
evasion of any of the terms of Paragraph 12 of this  Agreement by Employee  will
result in immediate and irreparable injury to Employer for which Employer cannot
be adequately  protected or  compensated by the payment of damages and therefore
shall authorize  recourse by Employer to injunction and/or specific  performance
as well as to all other legal or  equitable  remedies to which  Employer  may be
entitled.  No  remedy  conferred  by any  of the  specific  provisions  of  this
Agreement is intended to be exclusive  of any other  remedy,  and each and every
remedy shall be cumulative  and shall be in addition to every other remedy given
hereunder  or now or  hereafter  existing  at law or in  equity,  by  statute or


                                       19

<PAGE>
otherwise.  The  election of any one or more  remedies by either party shall not
constitute a waiver of the right to pursue other available remedies.

         (b) Severability.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other  provisions  hereof.  Any
provision which is invalid or unenforceable (whether generally or limited to one
or  more  individual  jurisdictions)  shall  be  modified  in its  scope  and/or
application in such a manner and to such an extent (either  generally or in such
individual  jurisdictions  as is  necessary) as to be valid and  enforceable  as
nearly as  possible  consistent  with its stated  purpose and intent or, if such
modification  is  not  possible,  shall  be  construed  (generally  or  in  such
jurisdiction(s)) as if such invalid or unenforceable provisions were omitted.

         (c) Waiver.  No waiver,  modification or amendment of this Agreement or
of any covenant,  condition or limitation  herein  contained  shall be effective
unless in writing  specifically  referring  thereto,  and duly  executed  by the
parties  hereto.  The failure of either party to exercise or otherwise  act with
respect  to any of its rights  hereunder  in the event of a breach of any of the
terms or conditions hereof by the other party shall not be construed as a waiver
of such breach,  nor prevent the  nonbreaching  party from thereafter  enforcing
strict compliance with any and all of the terms and conditions hereof.

         (d) Complete Agreement. Except for the agreements specifically referred
to in this Agreement, and the provisions contained in Employer's profit sharing,
stock option and other  employee  benefit  plans,  this  Agreement  contains the
complete agreement concerning the employment arrangement between the parties and
shall, as of the effective date hereof, supersede all other agreements,  oral or
written,  between the parties.  The parties  stipulate  that neither of them has
made any  representations  or warranties  with respect to the subject  matter of
this  Agreement,  including  the execution  and delivery  hereof,  except as are
specifically set forth herein.

         (e) Controlling Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and
interpreted according to the laws of the State of Missouri,  notwithstanding the
place  of  execution  hereof,  nor the  performance  of any  acts in  connection
herewith or hereunder in any other jurisdiction.

         (f) Successors; Binding Agreement.

                  (i) Employer  shall require any successor  (whether  direct or
indirect,   by  purchase,   merger,   consolidation  or  otherwise)  to  all  or
substantially  all of the business or assets of  Employer,  by agreement in form
and substance satisfactory to Employee, to expressly assume and agree to perform
this  Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that Employer would be
required  to  perform if no such  succession  had taken  place.  As used in this
Agreement,  "Employer"  shall mean Employer,  as hereinbefore  defined,  and any
successor to its business or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the

                                       20

<PAGE>
agreement  provided for in this Paragraph 14 or which otherwise becomes bound by
all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.

                  (ii)  This  Agreement  shall  inure to the  benefit  of and be
enforceable  by  Employee's  personal  or  legal   representatives,   executors,
administrators,  successors,  heirs,  distributees,  devisees and  legatees.  If
Employee  should die while any amount would still be payable to him hereunder if
he had continued to live, all such amounts,  unless  otherwise  provided herein,
shall be paid in  accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement  to his devisee,
legatee or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to his estate.

         (g) Notice.  Any notice  given by either  party  hereunder  shall be in
writing and shall be personally delivered or shall be mailed, Express, certified
or registered mail, or sent by a generally recognized next business day courier,
postage or other charges prepaid, as follows:

                  To Employer:

                           K-V Pharmaceutical Company
                           2503 South Hanley Road
                           St. Louis, Missouri 63144
                           Attention: Director, Human Resources

                  To Employee:

                           At his address as set forth on the payroll records
                           of Employer,

or to such  other  address  as may have been  furnished  to the  other  party by
written notice.  Notice shall be deemed given on the date personally  delivered,
or if sent by Express  Mail or next  business  day courier on the  business  day
following  the date sent,  or if otherwise  mailed,  two calendar days after the
date postmarked.

         (h)  Accounting.  If Employee  does not agree with any  calculation  by
Employer hereunder, within thirty (30) calendar days after Employee has received
written  notice of the  calculation,  Employee  may notify  Employer's  Board of
Directors of his disagreement and thereby cause an independent review to be made
by an accountant  selected by Employee.  If such accountant  determines that the
calculation is in error and Employee is entitled to additional  compensation and
Employee's  accountant cannot agree as to the amount,  the two accountants shall
select an independent third accountant to review the calculation and any payment
made,  whose decision  shall be binding on both parties.  If as a result of such
review employee's  payment is increased,  Employer shall bear the expense of the
review, including the cost of Employee's accountant and the third account.


                                       21

<PAGE>
         (i) Headings.  The headings herein are for  convenience  only and shall
not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

         (j) Stock  Options.  Except for "incentive  stock  options"  within the
meaning  of 26  U.S.C.  ss.  422,  Employer  agrees  to  continue  in  effect in
accordance with the terms and conditions  thereof (other than the requirement of
Employee's  continuing  employment  with  Employer)  during  the  term  of  this
Agreement  and  subsequent  to  Employee's  retirement  and so long as  Employee
remains a director  or a  consultant  to  Employer,  all stock  options  for the
purchase of Employer's shares held by Employee at the date of his Agreement.  In
addition,  upon  Employee's  retirement,  any period  provided  for  Employer to
continue to hold shares  subsequent  to the prior  exercise of any stock  option
shall  terminate and be of no further force or effect,  and any such shares then
held by Employer shall be delivered to Employee, subject to Employee's agreement
to comply with applicable  securities laws and the provisions of any restrictive
legend required to be included on any certificate(s)  issued therefor under such
securities laws.

         (k) Attorney's  Fees. If Employee  retains legal counsel as a result of
the  termination of his  employment by Employer,  or to enforce any term of this
Agreement,  by reason of Employer's alleged failure to perform or alleged breach
of this  Agreement,  Employer shall pay to Employee all such attorneys' fees and
costs  associated  with such legal counsel,  whether or not litigation  shall be
commenced.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement the
day and year first above written.

                                   "EMPLOYEE"


                                   /s/ Marc S. Hermelin
                                   MARC S. HERMELIN


                                   "EMPLOYER"

                                   K-V PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY


                                   By: /s/ Gerald R. Mitchell
                                               (Name)
                                       Vice-President, Finance
                                               (Title)



                                       22

<PAGE>
STATE OF MISSOURI       )
                        ) ss.
COUNTY OF ST. LOUIS     )

         I, Chris  Lahar,  do hereby  certify that on this 16th day of December,
1996,  before me  personally  appeared Marc S.  Hermelin,  to me known to be the
person  described  in  and  who  executed  the  foregoing   instrument  and  who
acknowledged that he executed the same as his free act and deed.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed by official
seal in said County and State on the day and year above written.


                                             /s/ Chris Lahar

My Commission Expires:



STATE OF MISSOURI       )
                        ) ss.
COUNTY OF ST. LOUIS     )

         I, Chris  Lahar,  do hereby  certify that on this 16th day of December,
1996,  before me personally  appeared Gerald R. Mitchell,  to me known to be the
VP, Finance of KV Pharmaceutical  Company, a Delaware corporation,  and known to
me to be the same person whose name is subscribed  to the foregoing  instrument,
who  acknowledged  that he signed and  delivered  said  instrument  pursuant  to
authority given by the Board of Directors of said  corporation,  as his free act
and deed, as the free act and deed of said corporation for the uses and purposes
therein set forth.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed by official
seal in said County and State on the day and year above written.


                                               /s/ Chris Lahar

My Commission Expires:



                                       23

<PAGE>
KV PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY




December 16, 1996


Mr. Marc S. Hermelin
2503 S. Hanley Road
St. Louis, MO 63144

RE:      Agreement between KV Pharmaceutical Company
         and Marc S. Hermelin, dated December 16, 1996

Dear Mr. Hermelin:

This letter will  confirm our  understanding  that your Annual  Bonus for Fiscal
Year 1997 will be  calculated  and paid to you under your old  Agreement,  dated
November 15, 1993 and the Amendments attached thereto.

Except as specifically  modified by this letter, it is agreed that the Agreement
will remain in full force and effect as originally written.

If this  accurately  reflects  our  understanding,  please sign one copy of this
letter and return it to me for our files.

Sincerely,

KV PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY

/s/ Gerald R. Mitchell

Gerald R. Mitchell
Vice-President, Finance


AGREED:   /s/ Marc S. Hermelin       DATE:   12/16/96
          Marc S. Hermelin



                                       24

KV PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY


February 17, 1997

Marc S. Hermelin
General Partner
Rosh Chodesh
c/o KV Pharmaceutical Company
2503 South Hanley Road
St. Louis, MO  63144

RE:      Lease of 2503 South Hanley Road

Dear Marc:

Reference is hereby made to the  Commercial  Lease (the "Lease") dated March 11,
1971 for the premises  located at 2503 South Hanley  Road,  Brentwood,  MO 63144
(the "Premises"),  as amended by the Supplement to the Lease,  dated November 9,
1972, entered into by your  predecessor-in-interest in the Premises, as Landlord
and KV Pharmaceutical Company, as tenant, and by letter agreement dated November
12, 1979 and five (5) year extension  dated November 20, 1986 to the term of the
Lease through December 31, 1991 signed by you and KV Pharmaceutical  Company and
a five (5) year  extension  dated  November  20,  1991 to the term of the  lease
signed by you and the Company,  and a five (5) year extension to the term of the
Lease through December 31, 2001.

KV Pharmaceutical  Company has a need for additional office and lab space at the
2503 South  Hanley  location.  The  Landlord is not  currently  in a position to
finance such an expansion, but is willing to entertain a proposal to expand such
facilities by the tenant and grant certain  lease  concessions  to the tenant as
consideration  for the investment by KV. The cost of the expansion  approximates
$1,800,000.

In consideration of the tenant investing in the proposed improvements,  Landlord
agrees to an addendum to the lease to reflect the following:

1.       The expiration date of the lease extension effective January
         1, 1997 shall be extended to December 31, 2006.

2.       One  additional  five (5) year  option to extend  the term of the lease
         beginning  January 1, 2007  shall be added  under the same terms as the
         prior lease extensions.

3.       KV shall have a right of first  refusal to purchase the  property  upon
         notification  of an offer to purchase the property by a bona fide third
         party.  KV shall  have 30  calendar  days to match the bona fide  third
         party offer.


<PAGE>
4.       Rentals  for the  first  seven (7) years  after the  completion  of the
         construction  will be at the current  rate,  effective  January 1, 1997
         (adjusted for the Consumer Price Index,  U.S. City Average,  All Items)
         on 25,000  square  feet.  At the end of the seven (7) year  period from
         completion of construction, rentals shall be increased to a fair market
         rate on the total  expanded  square  footage  of  approximately  35,000
         square feet, but not less than the rate per square foot being charged.

5.       KV agrees  that at the  request of the lessor,  an  appraisal  or third
         party real estate opinion may be requested and the lease rates adjusted
         to such higher rate as supported by the  appraisal/opinion.  Lessor may
         request  such  appraisal/third  party  real  estate  opinion  not  more
         frequently than once every four years.

6.       If for any reason  during the current  lease  extension  or  additional
         option period, KV elects to vacate the premises, KV will be responsible
         for  remodeling  the  special  use  laboratory  space  up to a  maximum
         liability of $300,000.

Please  indicate  your  acceptance  and agreement of the terms of this letter by
signing and returning the enclosed copy of this letter to the undersigned.

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   KV PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY


                                   /s/ Gerald R. Mitchell
                                   ----------------------------
                                   Gerald R. Mitchell
                                   Vice President, Finance

Accepted and agreed:


/s/ Marc S. Hermelin                    2/17/97
- ---------------------------             -------
Marc S. Hermelin                         Date


                   KV PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE CALCULATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                       Year Ended March 31,
                                                                    1997                     1996                   1995
                                                             -------------------     ---------------------    ---------------------
<S>                                                             <C>                       <C>                     <C>  
Calculation of Primary Earnings (Loss) per Share:
     Net Income (Loss)                                          $     8,923,512           $     4,042,660         $    (5,374,801)
     (Less) plus dividends on preferred stock                          (421,750)                 (421,750)                421,750
                                                             --------------------    ----------------------   ---------------------
Earnings (Loss) Attributed to Common Stock                            8,501,762                 3,620,910              (5,796,551)
                                                             ===================     =====================    =====================

Average Number of Common Shares and
Common Share Equivalents Outstanding:
     Average common shares outstanding                               11,839,328                11,521,884              11,178,495
     Common share equivalents (after application
      of treasury stock method)                                         267,664                   292,213            N/A
                                                             -------------------     ---------------------    ---------------------
Average Common Shares and Common
 Share Equivalents Outstanding                                       12,106,992                11,814,097              11,178,495
                                                             ===================     =====================    =====================

Primary Earnings (Loss) per Share(1)                             $         0.70         $            0.31        $          (0.52)
                                                             ===================     =====================    =====================

Calculations of Fully-Diluted Earnings (Loss) per Share:
     Earnings (Loss) per Share:
     Net income (Loss)                                           $    8,923,512           $     4,042,660        $     (5,374,801)
     (Less) plus dividends on preferred stock                          (421,750)                 (421,750)                421,750
     Plus (less) dividends not payable due to preferred
     stock conversion                                                   421,750                   421,750                (421,750)
                                                             -------------------     ---------------------    ---------------------
Earnings (Loss) Attributed to Common Stock                            8,923,512                 4,042,660              (5,374,801)
                                                             ===================     =====================    =====================

Average Number of Shares Outstanding on a
 Fully-Diluted Basis:
     Average common shares outstanding                               11,839,328                11,521,884              11,178,495
     Shares issuable upon conversion of stock options                   268,733                   354,593                 182,842
     Common equivalent shares for preferred stock                       602,500                   602,500                 602,500
                                                             -------------------     ---------------------    ---------------------
Average Number of Shares Outstanding on
a Fully-Diluted Basis                                                12,710,561                12,478,977              11,963,837
                                                             ===================     =====================    =====================

Fully-Diluted Earnings (Loss) per Share(2)                    $            0.70         $            0.32        $          (0.45)
                                                             ===================     =====================    =====================

<FN>

(1)  The two-class  method for Class A and Class B Common Stock is not presented
     because the earnings  (loss) per share is  equivalent  to the  if-converted
     method since  dividends  were not declared or paid and each class of common
     stock has equal ownership of the Company.

(2)  This  calculation  is submitted  although it is contrary to Paragraph 40 of
     APB  Opinion  No. 15 as it  produces an  anti-dilutive  result.  Also,  the
     preferred stock would not qualify as a common share equivalent  because the
     cash  yield  at  issuance  was not less  than 66 2/3% of the  then  current
     average Aa corporate bond yield.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                              LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES


Particle Dynamics,  Inc. (formerly known as Desmo Chemical  Corporation),  a New
York Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of KV Pharmaceutical Company.

ETHEX Corporation,  (formerly known as KV Pharmaceuticals International, Inc.) a
Missouri Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of KV Pharmaceutical Company.

               CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

KV Pharmaceutical Company
St. Louis, Missouri


We  hereby  consent  to the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Registration
Statements on Form S-8 (File Numbers 2-56793,  2-76173,  33-36400,  33-44927 and
333-199)  of our  report  dated  June 18,  1997,  relating  to the  consolidated
financial  statements of KV  Pharmaceutical  Company  appearing in the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 1997.

BDO SEIDMAN, LLP

St. Louis, Missouri
June 18, 1997


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1
<CURRENCY>                                     US Dollars
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              MAR-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                                 APR-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                   MAR-31-1997
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                1.00
<CASH>                                         7,627,523
<SECURITIES>                                   0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  8,579,598
<ALLOWANCES>                                   0
<INVENTORY>                                    10,785,588
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               30,222,902
<PP&E>                                         8,117,809
<DEPRECIATION>                                 0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 41,361,720
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          5,205,935
<BONDS>                                        0
                          0
                                    2,410
<COMMON>                                       120,941
<OTHER-SE>                                     0
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   41,361,720
<SALES>                                        58,037,159
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               0
<CGS>                                          0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  29,478,372
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               18,841,038
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             411,037
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                9,306,512
<INCOME-TAX>                                   383,000
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            8,923,512
<DISCONTINUED>                                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0
<CHANGES>                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                   8,923,512
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  .70
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  .70
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission